From c1c307bdde00e093970fe39119d24bfbd41148e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: thisiskeithb <13375512+thisiskeithb@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Thu, 11 Jul 2024 21:07:00 -0700
Subject: [PATCH] =?UTF-8?q?=F0=9F=94=A5=20Remove=20Formbot=20T-Rex=20confi?=
=?UTF-8?q?gs?=
MIME-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
---
.../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h | 3645 -------------
.../Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h | 4565 ----------------
.../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h | 126 -
.../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h | 74 -
.../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h | 3666 -------------
.../Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h | 4573 -----------------
config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h | 125 -
.../examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h | 74 -
8 files changed, 16848 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4112eb2f069..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3645 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-#error "Don't build with import-2.1.x configurations!"
-#error "Use the 'bugfix...' or 'release...' configurations matching your Marlin version."
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02010300
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated:
- *
- * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all
- *
- * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusa3d.com/calculator_3416/
- *
- * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * https://web.archive.org/web/20220907014303/https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * https://teachingtechyt.github.io/calibration.html
- *
- * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865
- */
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX2PLUS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Serial Port Baud Rate
- * This is the default communication speed for all serial ports.
- * Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
- * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
-
-/**
- * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1
-//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
-
-/**
- * Select a serial port to communicate with RS485 protocol
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-//#define RS485_SERIAL_PORT 1
-#ifdef RS485_SERIAL_PORT
- //#define M485_PROTOCOL 1 // Check your host for protocol compatibility
- //#define RS485_BUS_BUFFER_SIZE 128
-#endif
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 2+ v15"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section stepper drivers
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-/**
- * Additional Axis Settings
- *
- * Define AXISn_ROTATES for all axes that rotate or pivot.
- * Rotational axis coordinates are expressed in degrees.
- *
- * AXISn_NAME defines the letter used to refer to the axis in (most) G-code commands.
- * By convention the names and roles are typically:
- * 'A' : Rotational axis parallel to X
- * 'B' : Rotational axis parallel to Y
- * 'C' : Rotational axis parallel to Z
- * 'U' : Secondary linear axis parallel to X
- * 'V' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Y
- * 'W' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Z
- *
- * Regardless of these settings the axes are internally named I, J, K, U, V, W.
- */
-#ifdef I_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
- #define AXIS4_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef J_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
- #define AXIS5_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef K_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
- #define AXIS6_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef U_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS7_NAME 'U' // :['U', 'V', 'W']
- //#define AXIS7_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef V_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS8_NAME 'V' // :['V', 'W']
- //#define AXIS8_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef W_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS9_NAME 'W' // :['W']
- //#define AXIS9_ROTATES
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]
-#define EXTRUDERS 2
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change.
-// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T...
-#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
- //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP
- //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN
-#endif
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Switch extruders by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
-//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles.
- * Can be combined with SWITCHING_EXTRUDER.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // A pair of angles for { E0, E1 }.
- // For Dual Servo use two pairs: { { lower, raise }, { lower, raise } }
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_DWELL 2500 // Dwell time to wait for servo to make physical move
-#endif
-
-// Switch nozzles by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
-//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ANY(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- //#define MIXING_PRESETS // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 434.6 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, -0.50 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.45 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section multi-material
-
-/**
- * Multi-Material Unit
- * Set to one of these predefined models:
- *
- * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version)
- * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2
- * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5)
- * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
- * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h.
- * :["PRUSA_MMU1", "PRUSA_MMU2", "PRUSA_MMU2S", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S"]
- */
-//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// @section psu control
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- //#define MKS_PWC // Using the MKS PWC add-on
- //#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM // Confirm dialog when power off
- //#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
- //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay
-
- //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT // Second pin for redundant power control
- //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT_INVERTED // Redundant pin state is the inverse of PSU_ACTIVE_STATE
-
- //#define PS_ON1_PIN 6 // Redundant pin required to enable power in combination with PS_ON_PIN
-
- //#define PS_ON_EDM_PIN 8 // External Device Monitoring pins for external power control relay feedback. Fault on mismatch.
- //#define PS_ON1_EDM_PIN 9
- #define PS_EDM_RESPONSE 250 // (ms) Time to allow for relay action
-
- //#define POWER_OFF_TIMER // Enable M81 D to power off after a delay
- //#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown
-
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on)
- //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off)
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU for fans
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS // Turn on PSU for E Fans
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN // Turn on PSU for Controller Fan
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Chamber Fan
- #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Cooler Fan
- #define AUTO_POWER_SPINDLE_LASER // Turn on PSU for Spindle/Laser
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration
- //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time.
- #endif
- #if ANY(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL, POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN)
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) PSU on if any extruder is over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) PSU on if the chamber is over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) PSU on if the cooler is over this temperature
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section temperature
-
-/**
- * Temperature Sensors:
- *
- * NORMAL IS 4.7kΩ PULLUP! Hotend sensors can use 1kΩ pullup with correct resistor and table.
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermistors - 4.7kΩ pullup - Normal
- * ================================================================
- * 1 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors
- * 331 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA
- * 332 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE
- * 2 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2
- * 202 : 200kΩ Copymaster 3D
- * 3 : ???Ω Mendel-parts thermistor
- * 4 : 10kΩ Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300°C
- * 501 : 100kΩ Zonestar - Tronxy X3A
- * 502 : 100kΩ Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M
- * 503 : 100kΩ Zonestar (Z8XM2) Heated Bed thermistor
- * 504 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-B3950) Hotend Thermistor
- * 505 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-3950) Bed Thermistor
- * 512 : 100kΩ RPW-Ultra hotend
- * 6 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple)
- * 7 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01
- * 71 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01
- * 8 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT
- * 9 : 100kΩ GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1
- * 10 : 100kΩ RS PRO 198-961
- * 11 : 100kΩ Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1%
- * 12 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed
- * 13 : 100kΩ Hisens up to 300°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1%
- * 14 : 100kΩ (R25), 4092K (beta25), 4.7kΩ pull-up, bed thermistor as used in Ender-5 S1
- * 15 : 100kΩ Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 17 : 100kΩ Dagoma NTC white thermistor
- * 18 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 22 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3V and 220Ω to analog input
- * 23 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3v and 220Ω to analog input
- * 30 : 100kΩ Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950
- * 60 : 100kΩ Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950
- * 61 : 100kΩ Formbot/Vivedino 350°C Thermistor - beta 3950
- * 66 : 4.7MΩ Dyze Design / Trianglelab T-D500 500°C High Temperature Thermistor
- * 67 : 500kΩ SliceEngineering 450°C Thermistor
- * 68 : PT100 Smplifier board from Dyze Design
- * 70 : 100kΩ bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100kΩ Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32
- * 666 : 200kΩ Einstart S custom thermistor with 10k pullup.
- * 2000 : 100kΩ Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermistors - 1kΩ pullup
- * Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kΩ pullup for 1kΩ.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * ================================================================
- * 51 : 100kΩ EPCOS (1kΩ pullup)
- * 52 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kΩ pullup)
- * 55 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kΩ pullup)
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermistors - 10kΩ pullup - Atypical
- * ================================================================
- * 99 : 100kΩ Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kΩ pull-up resistor
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000)
- * ================================================================
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4.7kΩ pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
- * 1022 : Pt1000 with 2.2kΩ pullup
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kΩ pullup (E3D)
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage.
- * NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21.
- * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply.
- * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C.
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- *
- * ================================================================
- * SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards
- * ================================================================
- * -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
- * NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below.
- * -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
- * -2 : MAX6675 with Thermocouple, 0°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
- *
- * NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default,
- * Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN,
- * Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the
- * Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported.
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermocouple Boards
- * ================================================================
- * -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple
- * -1 : AD595 with Thermocouple
- *
- * ================================================================
- * SoC internal sensor
- * ================================================================
- * 100 : SoC internal sensor
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors
- * ================================================================
- * 0 : not used
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!!
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_SOC 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(0)
- #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000)
- #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000
-#endif
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(1)
- #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100
- #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430
-#endif
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(2)
- #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_2 100
- #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_2 430
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_E_TEMP_SENSOR
- #define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 3 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
- #define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
- #define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 3 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
- #define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
- #define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT)
- *
- * Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another
- * sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (°C),
- * the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting
- * the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring.
- *
- * For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE E1 // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading.
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET E0 // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for.
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF 10 // (°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort.
-#endif
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 245
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 245
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 135
-#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
-
-/**
- * Thermal Overshoot
- * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees
- * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees
- * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP.
- */
-#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
-#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
-#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hotend temp
-
-/**
- * Temperature Control
- *
- * (NONE) : Bang-bang heating
- * PIDTEMP : PID temperature control (~4.1K)
- * MPCTEMP : Predictive Model temperature control. (~1.8K without auto-tune)
- */
-#define PIDTEMP // See the PID Tuning Guide at https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-//#define MPCTEMP // See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/model_predictive_control.html
-
-#define PID_MAX 125 // Limit hotend current while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Print PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation.
- #define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Use separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with G-code: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
-
- #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
- // Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
- // If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
- #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 19.38, 19.38 }
- #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.46, 1.46 }
- #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 64.31, 64.31 }
- #else
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 19.38
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.46
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 64.31
- #endif
-#else
- #define BANG_MAX 125 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Model Predictive Control for hotend
- *
- * Use a physical model of the hotend to control temperature. When configured correctly this gives
- * better responsiveness and stability than PID and removes the need for PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- * and PID_FAN_SCALING. Enable MPC_AUTOTUNE and use M306 T to autotune the model.
- * @section mpctemp
- */
-#if ENABLED(MPCTEMP)
- #define MPC_AUTOTUNE // Include a method to do MPC auto-tuning (~6.3K bytes of flash)
- //#define MPC_EDIT_MENU // Add MPC editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~1.3K bytes of flash)
- //#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add MPC auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~350 bytes of flash)
-
- #define MPC_MAX 125 // (0..255) Current to nozzle while MPC is active.
- #define MPC_HEATER_POWER { 40.0f } // (W) Heat cartridge powers.
-
- #define MPC_INCLUDE_FAN // Model the fan speed?
-
- // Measured physical constants from M306
- #define MPC_BLOCK_HEAT_CAPACITY { 16.7f } // (J/K) Heat block heat capacities.
- #define MPC_SENSOR_RESPONSIVENESS { 0.22f } // (K/s per ∆K) Rate of change of sensor temperature from heat block.
- #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF { 0.068f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan off.
- #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
- #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF_FAN255 { 0.097f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan on full.
- #endif
-
- // For one fan and multiple hotends MPC needs to know how to apply the fan cooling effect.
- #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
- //#define MPC_FAN_0_ALL_HOTENDS
- //#define MPC_FAN_0_ACTIVE_HOTEND
- #endif
-
- // Filament Heat Capacity (joules/kelvin/mm)
- // Set at runtime with M306 H
- #define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 5.6e-3f } // 0.0056 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PLA (0.0149 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PLA).
- // 0.0036 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PETG (0.0094 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PETG).
- // 0.00515 J/K/mm for 1.75mm ABS (0.0137 J/K/mm for 2.85mm ABS).
- // 0.00522 J/K/mm for 1.75mm Nylon (0.0138 J/K/mm for 2.85mm Nylon).
-
- // Advanced options
- #define MPC_SMOOTHING_FACTOR 0.5f // (0.0...1.0) Noisy temperature sensors may need a lower value for stabilization.
- #define MPC_MIN_AMBIENT_CHANGE 1.0f // (K/s) Modeled ambient temperature rate of change, when correcting model inaccuracies.
- #define MPC_STEADYSTATE 0.5f // (K/s) Temperature change rate for steady state logic to be enforced.
-
- #define MPC_TUNING_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 1.0f } // (mm) M306 Autotuning position, ideally bed center at first layer height.
- #define MPC_TUNING_END_Z 10.0f // (mm) M306 Autotuning final Z position.
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section bed temp
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 200 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- *
- * With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port.
-
- // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
-
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 289.73
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 51.26
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 409.43
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#else
- //#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING // Keep the bed temperature within BED_HYSTERESIS of the target
-#endif
-
-// Add 'M190 R T' for more gradual M190 R bed cooling.
-//#define BED_ANNEALING_GCODE
-
-//===========================================================================
-//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ====================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Chamber Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable
- * hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- * @section chamber temp
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER
-//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Chamber Power
- * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- */
-#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0
- //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Print Chamber PID debug data to the serial port.
-
- // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element
- // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent.
- //
- #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04
- #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40
- #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17
- // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER
-
-#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 8 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
- #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-//#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//
-// MarkForged Kinematics
-// See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042
-//
-//#define MARKFORGED_XY
-//#define MARKFORGED_YX
-#if ANY(MARKFORGED_XY, MARKFORGED_YX)
- //#define MARKFORGED_INVERSE // Enable for an inverted Markforged kinematics belt path
-#endif
-
-// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion
-//#define BELTPRINTER
-
-// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics
-//#define POLARGRAPH
-#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH)
- #define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN 1035.0 // (mm) Belt length at full extension. Override with M665 H.
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5 // Move segmentation based on duration
- #define PEN_UP_DOWN_MENU // Add "Pen Up" and "Pen Down" to the MarlinUI menu
-#endif
-
-// @section delta
-
-// Enable for DELTA kinematics and configure below
-//#define DELTA
-#if ENABLED(DELTA)
-
- // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation).
- // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments)
- // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls).
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
-
- // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained
- //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE
-
- // Delta calibration menu
- // Add three-point calibration to the MarlinUI menu.
- // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051
- //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU
-
- // G33 Delta Auto-Calibration. Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results.
- //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION
-
- #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION)
- // Default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7)
- #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4
- #endif
-
- #if ANY(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU)
- // Step size for paper-test probing
- #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm)
- #endif
-
- // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers).
- #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
-
- // Maximum reachable area
- #define DELTA_MAX_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
-
- // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods.
- #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm)
-
- // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position
- #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
-
- #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
-
- // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered.
- #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
-
- // Trim adjustments for individual towers
- // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0
- // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer
- #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
-
- // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments
- //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
- //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section scara
-
-/**
- * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013.
- * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014.
- *
- * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See:
- * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048
- * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491
- */
-//#define MORGAN_SCARA
-//#define MP_SCARA
-#if ANY(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA)
- // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
-
- // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
- #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 // (mm)
- #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 // (mm)
-
- // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
- // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space.
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 // (mm)
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 // (mm)
-
- #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA)
-
- //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS
- #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
-
- // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
- #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
-
- #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA)
-
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section tpara
-
-// Enable for TPARA kinematics and configure below
-//#define AXEL_TPARA
-#if ENABLED(AXEL_TPARA)
- #define DEBUG_TPARA_KINEMATICS
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
-
- // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
- #define TPARA_LINKAGE_1 120 // (mm)
- #define TPARA_LINKAGE_2 120 // (mm)
-
- // TPARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
- // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the TPARA space.
- #define TPARA_OFFSET_X 0 // (mm)
- #define TPARA_OFFSET_Y 0 // (mm)
- #define TPARA_OFFSET_Z 0 // (mm)
-
- #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
-
- // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
- #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section polar
-
-/**
- * POLAR Kinematics
- * developed by Kadir ilkimen for PolarBear CNC and babyBear
- * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/Polar-Bear-Cnc-Machine
- * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/babyBear-3D-printer
- *
- * A polar machine can have different configurations.
- * This kinematics is only compatible with the following configuration:
- * X : Independent linear
- * Y or B : Polar
- * Z : Independent linear
- *
- * For example, PolarBear has CoreXZ plus Polar Y or B.
- *
- * Motion problem for Polar axis near center / origin:
- *
- * 3D printing:
- * Movements very close to the center of the polar axis take more time than others.
- * This brief delay results in more material deposition due to the pressure in the nozzle.
- *
- * Current Kinematics and feedrate scaling deals with this by making the movement as fast
- * as possible. It works for slow movements but doesn't work well with fast ones. A more
- * complicated extrusion compensation must be implemented.
- *
- * Ideally, it should estimate that a long rotation near the center is ahead and will cause
- * unwanted deposition. Therefore it can compensate the extrusion beforehand.
- *
- * Laser cutting:
- * Same thing would be a problem for laser engraving too. As it spends time rotating at the
- * center point, more likely it will burn more material than it should. Therefore similar
- * compensation would be implemented for laser-cutting operations.
- *
- * Milling:
- * This shouldn't be a problem for cutting/milling operations.
- */
-//#define POLAR
-#if ENABLED(POLAR)
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 180 // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
- #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 82.0f // (mm) Maximum travel of X axis
-
- // Movements fall inside POLAR_FAST_RADIUS are assigned the highest possible feedrate
- // to compensate unwanted deposition related to the near-origin motion problem.
- #define POLAR_FAST_RADIUS 3.0f // (mm)
-
- // Radius which is unreachable by the tool.
- // Needed if the tool is not perfectly aligned to the center of the polar axis.
- #define POLAR_CENTER_OFFSET 0.0f // (mm)
-
- #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Articulated robot (arm). Joints are directly mapped to axes with no kinematics.
-//#define ARTICULATED_ROBOT_ARM
-
-// For a hot wire cutter with parallel horizontal axes (X, I) where the heights of the two wire
-// ends are controlled by parallel axes (Y, J). Joints are directly mapped to axes (no kinematics).
-//#define FOAMCUTTER_XYUV
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section endstops
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Endstop "Hit" State
- * Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
- */
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
-#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define U_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define U_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define V_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves.
-//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (linear=steps/mm, rotational=steps/°)
- * Override with M92 (when enabled below)
- * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, (93*2) }
-
-/**
- * Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
- */
-#define EDITABLE_STEPS_PER_UNIT
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 100, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 300, 20, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 3500 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 600, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- * M204 I Angular Acceleration
- * M204 J Angular Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z ... and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z ... acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-#if ENABLED(AXIS4_ROTATES)
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only printing moves
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only travel (non printing) moves
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z . . . E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 5.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
- #define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
- //#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_KJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_UJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_VJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_WJERK 0.3
-
- //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
- #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
- // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin.
- * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
- * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
-//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Override this pin only if the probe cannot be connected to
- * the default Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN for the selected MOTHERBOARD.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - For simple switches...
- * - Normally-closed (NC) also connect to GND.
- * - Normally-open (NO) also connect to 5V.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0
-#ifdef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR
- //#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
- //#define Z_SERVO_MEASURE_ANGLE 45 // Use if the servo must move to a "free" position for measuring after deploy
- //#define Z_SERVO_INTERMEDIATE_STOW // Stow the probe between points
- //#define Z_SERVO_DEACTIVATE_AFTER_STOW // Deactivate the servo when probe is stowed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * MagLev V4 probe by MDD
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by powering a built-in electromagnet.
- */
-//#define MAGLEV4
-#if ENABLED(MAGLEV4)
- //#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_PIN 11 // Set to the connected digital output
- #define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_DELAY 15 // Changing this risks overheating the coil
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Bed Distance Sensor
- *
- * Measures the distance from bed to nozzle with accuracy of 0.01mm.
- * For information about this sensor https://github.com/markniu/Bed_Distance_sensor
- * Uses I2C port, so it requires I2C library markyue/Panda_SoftMasterI2C.
- */
-//#define BD_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(BD_SENSOR)
- //#define BD_SENSOR_PROBE_NO_STOP // Probe bed without stopping at each probe point
-#endif
-
-/**
- * BIQU MicroProbe
- *
- * A lightweight, solenoid-driven probe.
- * For information about this sensor https://github.com/bigtreetech/MicroProbe
- *
- * Also requires: PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
- */
-//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V1 // Triggers HIGH
-//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V2 // Triggers LOW
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Magnetically Mounted Probe
- * For probes such as Euclid, Klicky, Klackender, etc.
- */
-//#define MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE)
- #define PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe deploy speed
- #define PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe stow speed
-
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_1 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 30 } } // Move to side Dock & Attach probe
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_2 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 30 } } // Move probe off dock
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_3 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_4 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_5 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_1 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 20 } } // Move to dock
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_2 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 0 } } // Place probe beside remover
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_3 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 230, 114, 0 } } // Side move to remove probe
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_4 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 20 } } // Side move to remove probe
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_5 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
-#endif
-
-// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://docs.duet3d.com/en/Duet3D_hardware/Accessories/Smart_Effector
-// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity.
-//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR
-#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR)
- #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers.
- * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws.
- * Take extreme care when setting up this feature.
- */
-//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING
-
-/**
- * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - https://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Autolevel_probe
- * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
-#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
- // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29,
- // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe.
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
-#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
-
-/**
- * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z }
- *
- * X and Y offset
- * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of
- * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes.
- *
- * Z offset
- * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime.
- * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset.
- * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using
- * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES
- * to avoid collisions during probing.
- *
- * Tune and Adjust
- * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc.
- * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (Configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset.
- *
- * Assuming the typical work area orientation:
- * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset
- * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset
- * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset
- * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset
- *
- * Some examples:
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1"
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2"
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3"
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4"
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | [+] |
- * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+)
- * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+)
- * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle
- * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-)
- * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-)
- * | [-] |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 24, 30, -2.00 }
-
-// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
-#define PROBING_TOOL 0
-#ifdef PROBING_TOOL
- //#define PROBE_TOOLCHANGE_NO_MOVE // Suppress motion on probe tool-change
-#endif
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define PROBING_MARGIN 0
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (83*60)
-
-// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60)
-
-// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Probe Activation Switch
- * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical
- * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed.
- */
-//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH
-#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
- #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active
- //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe.
- * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out
- * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage.
- */
-//#define PROBE_TARE
-#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE)
- #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin
- #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before
- #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare
- //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin
- #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
- //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Probe Enable / Disable
- * The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled.
- */
-//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
-#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE)
- //#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1 // Override the default pin here
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
-#define Z_PROBE_ERROR_TOLERANCE 3 // (mm) Tolerance for early trigger (<= -probe.offset.z + ZPET)
-#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 7 // (mm) Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -3 // (mm) Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 provide ranges for adjusting the X, Y, and Z probe offsets
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMIN -50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMAX 50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMIN -50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMAX 50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMIN -20 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm)
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders)
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing
-//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING
-#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING)
- #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
- #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50
-#endif
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-//#define I_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define J_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define K_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define U_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define V_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define W_ENABLE_ON 0
-
-// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-//#define DISABLE_X
-//#define DISABLE_Y
-//#define DISABLE_Z
-//#define DISABLE_I
-//#define DISABLE_J
-//#define DISABLE_K
-//#define DISABLE_U
-//#define DISABLE_V
-//#define DISABLE_W
-
-// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-//#define DISABLE_E // Disable the extruder when not stepping
-//#define DISABLE_OTHER_EXTRUDERS // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section motion
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
- #define INVERT_Y_DIR false
- #define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_U_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_V_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true // Might be 'false' on your machine. Change if your extruder goes backwards.
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E6_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E7_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety.
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
-
-/**
- * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled.
- * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed.
- * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle.
- */
-//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
-
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
-
-//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
-//#define XY_AFTER_HOMING { 10, 10 } // (mm) Move to an XY position after homing (and raising Z)
-
-//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_HOMING "M300 P440 S200" // Commands to run after G28 (and move to XY_AFTER_HOMING)
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define U_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define V_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define W_HOME_DIR -1
-
-/**
- * Safety Stops
- * If an axis has endstops on both ends the one specified above is used for
- * homing, while the other can be used for things like SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT.
- */
-//#define X_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define Y_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define Z_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define I_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define J_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define K_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define U_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define V_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define W_SAFETY_STOP
-
-// @section geometry
-
-// The size of the printable area
-#define X_BED_SIZE 400
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 400
-
-// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -47
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS 460
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 700
-//#define I_MIN_POS 0
-//#define I_MAX_POS 50
-//#define J_MIN_POS 0
-//#define J_MAX_POS 50
-//#define K_MIN_POS 0
-//#define K_MAX_POS 50
-//#define U_MIN_POS 0
-//#define U_MAX_POS 50
-//#define V_MIN_POS 0
-//#define V_MAX_POS 50
-//#define W_MIN_POS 0
-//#define W_MAX_POS 50
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
-//#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running.
- * Marlin knows a print job is running when:
- * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24.
- * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75.
- * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
- //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder.
- // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs.
-
- // Override individually if the runout sensors vary
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN
-
- // Commands to execute on filament runout.
- // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c")
- // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply.
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600 T%c"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
-
- #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR)
- //#define FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION
- #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION)
- #define NUM_MOTION_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_MOTION#_PIN for each.
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_PIN -1
-
- // Override individually if the motion sensors vary
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION2_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION3_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION4_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION5_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION6_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION7_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION8_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLDOWN
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "M280 P0 S90"
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of
- * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
- * leveling immediately after G28.
- */
-#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Auto-leveling needs preheating
- */
-//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING
-#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING)
- #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
- #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of flash!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY)
- // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment
- #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- /**
- * Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- * at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- * The height can be set with M420 Z
- */
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
- #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT)
- #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height.
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add Z offset (M424 Z) that applies to all moves at the planner level.
- * This Z offset will be automatically set to the middle value with G29.
- */
- //#define GLOBAL_MESH_Z_OFFSET
-
- /**
- * For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- * split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- * contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- */
- //#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- //#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves.
- #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 8 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points
-
- //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J for better Z reference
- //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS_3POINT // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J0 (3-point)
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
- //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh
-
- /**
- * Probing not allowed within the position of an obstacle.
- */
- //#define AVOID_OBSTACLES
- #if ENABLED(AVOID_OBSTACLES)
- #define CLIP_W 23 // Bed clip width, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
- #define CLIP_H 14 // Bed clip height, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
-
- // Obstacle Rectangles defined as { X1, Y1, X2, Y2 }
- #define OBSTACLE1 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
- #define OBSTACLE2 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
- #define OBSTACLE3 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
- #define OBSTACLE4 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
-
- // The probed grid must be inset for G29 J. This is okay, since it is
- // only used to compute a linear transformation for the mesh itself.
- #define G29J_MESH_TILT_MARGIN ((CLIP_H) + 1)
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 3 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
- #define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
- #define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
- #define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
- //#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
- //#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
- #if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
- #define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
- #define BED_TRAMMING_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify
- //#define BED_TRAMMING_AUDIO_FEEDBACK
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Corner Leveling Order
- *
- * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge.
- *
- * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front
- * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back
- *
- * Examples:
- *
- * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF}
- * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB
- * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 |
- * | | | | | | | <3>|
- * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 |
- * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF
- */
- #define BED_TRAMMING_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB }
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_U_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_V_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_W_HOME_POS 0
-
-/**
- * Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
- *
- * - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing.
- * - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
- * - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
- */
-#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // (mm) Y point for Z homing
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_POINT_ABSOLUTE // Ignore home offsets (M206) for Z homing position
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) }
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the XY skew factor directly:
- //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the Z skew factors directly:
- //#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- //#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section eeprom
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
-#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
- //#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
-#endif
-
-// @section host
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-// @section units
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//
-// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
-//
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 125 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 220
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 125 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (50), (Y_MAX_POS - 30), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_MOVE 0 // Park motion: 0 = XY Move, 1 = X Only, 2 = Y Only, 3 = X before Y, 4 = Y before X
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 75 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_LINE // Provide 'G12 P0' - a simple linear cleaning pattern
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG // Provide 'G12 P1' - a zigzag cleaning pattern
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE // Provide 'G12 P2' - a circular cleaning pattern
-
- // Default pattern to use when 'P' is not provided to G12. One of the enabled options above.
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_DEFAULT_PATTERN 0
-
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 // Default number of pattern repetitions
-
- #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG)
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 // Default number of triangles
- #endif
-
- // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } }
- // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
-
- #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE)
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 // (mm) Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 // Circular pattern circle number of segments
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT // Middle point of circle
- #endif
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-
- // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y
-
- // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe
-
- // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments.
- //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section host
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191.
- * The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is
- * below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M140 (bed, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- * M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M191 (chamber, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2.
- * For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP.
- * For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-// @section stats
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
-#endif
-
-// @section security
-
-/**
- * Password
- *
- * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested:
- *
- * - When the printer boots up
- * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu
- * - When SD printing is completed or aborted
- *
- * The following G-codes can be used:
- *
- * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511.
- * M511 - Unlock Printer.
- * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password.
- *
- * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash
- * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally)
- * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled.
- */
-//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE)
- #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended
- #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
- #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
- #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S.
- //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
- //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
- //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
- //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section interface
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it,
- * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša, 2:CNC)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša', 2:'CNC']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Encoder EMI Noise Filter
-//
-// This option increases encoder samples to filter out phantom encoder clicks caused by EMI noise.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER)
- #define ENCODER_SAMPLES 10
-#endif
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//
-// Tone queue size, used to keep beeps from blocking execution.
-// Default is 4, or override here. Costs 4 bytes of SRAM per entry.
-//
-//#define TONE_QUEUE_LENGTH 4
-
-//
-// A sequence of tones to play at startup, in pairs of tone (Hz), duration (ms).
-// Silence in-between tones.
-//
-//#define STARTUP_TUNE { 698, 300, 0, 50, 523, 50, 0, 25, 494, 50, 0, 25, 523, 100, 0, 50, 554, 300, 0, 100, 523, 300 }
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section lcd
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display
-//
-// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and
-// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library.
-//
-//#define YHCB2004
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// https://web.archive.org/web/20200719145306/http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// https://web.archive.org/web/20140823033947/http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require LiquidCrystal_I2C library:
-// https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/New-LiquidCrystal
-// https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki/schematics#user-content-ShiftRegister_connection
-// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//
-// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI
-// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface.
-// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter
-//
-//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI
-//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs.
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller
-//
-//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/electronics/3d-printer-modules/autonomous-printing/graphical-lcd-screen-v1-0/
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// https://www.panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG
-//
-//#define WYH_L12864
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// https://web.archive.org/web/20180605050442/http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3
-
-//
-// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout.
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html
-//
-//#define MKS_LCD12864A
-//#define MKS_LCD12864B
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight.
-
-//
-// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 / V2.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
-// https://github.com/bigtreetech/MINI-12864
-//
-//#define BTT_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// BEEZ MINI 12864 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
-//
-//#define BEEZ_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10 / CR-7 / Ender-3
-// https://marlinfw.org/docs/hardware/controllers.html#cr10_stockdisplay
-//
-// Connect to EXP1 on RAMPS and compatible boards.
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on Anet A6
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// GUCOCO CTC 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on GUCOCO CTC A10S
-//
-//#define CTC_A10S_A13
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// eMotion Tech LCD with SD
-// https://www.reprap-france.com/produit/1234568748-ecran-graphique-128-x-64-points-2-1
-//
-//#define EMOTION_TECH_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller
-//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//
-// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB
-// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html
-//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller
-
-//
-// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
-//
-//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-/**
- * DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
- *
- * ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET)
- * - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html
- *
- * FYSETC (Supplier default)
- * - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0
- * - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card.
- * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html
- *
- * HIPRECY (Supplier default)
- * - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default)
- * - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html
- *
- * RELOADED (T5UID1)
- * - Download https://github.com/Neo2003/DGUS-reloaded/releases
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * IA_CREALITY (T5UID1)
- * - Download https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/raw/CrealityDwin_2.0/TM3D_Combined480272_Landscape_V7.7z
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * E3S1PRO (T5L)
- * - Download https://github.com/CrealityOfficial/Ender-3S1/archive/3S1_Plus_Screen.zip
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * CREALITY_TOUCH
- * - CR-6 OEM touch screen. A DWIN display with touch.
- *
- * Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin:
- * - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb.
- * - Download files as specified for your type of display.
- * - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display.
- * - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete.
- *
- * :[ 'ORIGIN', 'FYSETC', 'HYPRECY', 'MKS', 'RELOADED', 'IA_CREALITY', 'E3S1PRO', 'CREALITY_TOUCH' ]
- */
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI ORIGIN
-#if DGUS_UI_IS(MKS)
- #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI
-#elif DGUS_UI_IS(IA_CREALITY)
- //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROTATE 90 // Portrait Mode or 800x480 displays
- //#define IA_CREALITY_BOOT_DELAY 1500 // (ms)
-#endif
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Chiron
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic i3 Mega
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA
-#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA)
- //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_GCODE_EXT // Add ".gcode" to menu entries for DGUS clone compatibility
-#endif
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Vyper
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER
-
-//
-// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028
-//
-//#define NEXTION_TFT
-
-//
-// PanelDue touch controller by Escher3D
-// http://escher3d.com/pages/order/products/product2.php
-//
-//#define PANELDUE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-/**
- * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options
- * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options.
- */
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3
-// https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-TFT-Hardware/tree/master/MKS%20TS35
-//
-//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28
-
-//
-// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
-
-//
-// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43
-
-//
-// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from Tronxy
-//
-//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise
-//
-//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4
-//
-//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5
-//
-//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35
-
-//
-// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU BX
-// https://github.com/bigtreetech/BIQU-BX/tree/master/Hardware
-//
-//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series
-// https://github.com/bigtreetech/TFT35-SPI/tree/master/v1
-//
-//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0
-
-//
-// Generic TFT with detailed options
-//
-//#define TFT_GENERIC
-#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC)
- // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ]
- #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
-
- // Interface. Enable one of the following options:
- //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
- //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
-
- // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
- //#define TFT_RES_320x240
- //#define TFT_RES_480x272
- //#define TFT_RES_480x320
- //#define TFT_RES_1024x600
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options:
- *
- * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled
- * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities
- * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL
- *
- * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the
- * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
- */
-//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
-//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
-//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
-
-#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
- /**
- * TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
- *
- * NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
- * UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
- * HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
- */
- #define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
-
- /**
- * TFT Theme for Color_UI. Choose one of the following or add a new one to 'Marlin/src/lcd/tft/themes' directory
- *
- * BLUE_MARLIN - Default theme with 'midnight blue' background
- * BLACK_MARLIN - Theme with 'black' background
- * ANET_BLACK - Theme used for Anet ET4/5
- */
- #define TFT_THEME BLACK_MARLIN
-
- //#define TFT_SHARED_IO // I/O is shared between TFT display and other devices. Disable async data transfer.
-
- #define COMPACT_MARLIN_BOOT_LOGO // Use compressed data to save Flash space
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI)
- //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values:
- *
- * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y,
- * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y,
- * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y,
- * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION
- */
-//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder.
-//
-//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI
-//#define DWIN_LCD_PROUI // Pro UI by MRiscoC
-//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers
-//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT // MarlinUI (portrait orientation)
-//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE // MarlinUI (landscape orientation)
-
-//
-// Touch Screen Settings
-//
-//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #if ANY(TFT_CLASSIC_UI, TFT_COLOR_UI)
- //#define NO_BACK_MENU_ITEM // Don't display a top menu item to go back to the parent menu
- #endif
-
- #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
-
- //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
- //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
- //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
- //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
- //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
-
- #if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
- //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//
-// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED
-//
-//#define EASYTHREED_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section fans
-
-// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans.
-// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8]
-//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// @section lights
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * === CAUTION ===
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- *
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- *
- * Requires PWM frequency between 50 <> 100Hz (Check HAL or variant)
- * Use FAST_PWM_FAN, if possible, to reduce fan noise.
- */
-
-// LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options:
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632)
- //#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST // For PWM pins, fade between all colors
- #if ENABLED(RGB_STARTUP_TEST)
- #define RGB_STARTUP_TEST_INNER_MS 10 // (ms) Reduce or increase fading speed
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW, NEO_RGBW, NEO_GRB, NEO_RBG, etc.
- // See https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_NeoPixel/blob/master/Adafruit_NeoPixel.h
- //#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.)
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ...
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE
- #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE)
- #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip
- #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
- #define NEOPIXEL_M150_DEFAULT -1 // Default strip for M150 without 'S'. Use -1 to set all by default.
- #else
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel
- #endif
-
- // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_TIMEOUT_COLOR { 25, 25, 25, 0 } // R, G, B, W
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-// @section servos
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Set to 0 to turn off servo support.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
-
-// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use
-//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ecee6bda28a..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4565 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010300
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * Configuration Export
- *
- * Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py)
- * Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560).
- *
- * See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving.
- *
- * 1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration.
- * This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING.
- * 2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing.
- * 3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups)
- * 4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema.
- */
-//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml']
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section temperature
-
-/**
- * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in
- * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,
- * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This
- * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error
- * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while
- * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous
- * stream of errors from the sensor.
- *
- * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.
- */
-#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
- #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
- #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define BED_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000
- #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000
- #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000
- #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000
- #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5).
- */
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus.
-//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board.
-//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2
-//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2
-
-//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz.
-//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors.
-
-//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature.
-//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals.
-//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439).
-
-//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings.
-//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f
-//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2 0.0f
-
-/**
- * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
- * https://www.en3dstudios.com/product/bq-hephestos-2-heated-bed-kit/
- */
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-//
-// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options
-//
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Heated Chamber options
-//
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
- //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
-
- //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber
- #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN)
- //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan)
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on.
- #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255)
- #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
- #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255)
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target
- #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255)
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber
- #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT)
- #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo
- #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber
- #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3
- #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20
- #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Laser Cooler options
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER
- #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
- #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C)
- #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C)
- #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay)
- #define COOLER_INVERTING false
- #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required.
- #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc.
- #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g.
- #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN)
- #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target
- #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Motherboard Sensor options
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below.
- #define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
- #define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C)
- //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin override.
-#endif
-
-//
-// SoC Sensor options
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_SOC
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_SOC // Halt the printer if the SoC sensor leaves the temp range below.
- #define SOC_MAXTEMP 85 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // (°C)
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow down the part-cooling fan if the temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
- //#define REPORT_ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Report fan slowing activity to the console
- #if ANY(MPCTEMP, PIDTEMP)
- //#define TEMP_TUNING_MAINTAIN_FAN // Don't slow down the fan speed during M303 or M306 T
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C)
-
- /**
- * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193).
- */
- #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
- /**
- * Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
- * Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
- *
- * This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
- * a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
- *
- * This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
- * or if Marlin stops reading them, temperatures will remain constant while heaters may still be powered!
- * This feature only monitors temperature changes so it should catch any issue, hardware or software.
- *
- * By default it uses the THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constants (above) for the time window, within which
- * at least one temperature change must occur, to indicate that sensor polling is working. If any monitored
- * heater's temperature remains totally constant (without even a fractional change) during this period, a
- * thermal malfunction error occurs and the printer is halted.
- *
- * A very stable heater might produce a false positive and halt the printer. In this case, try increasing
- * the corresponding THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constant a bit. Keep in mind that uncontrolled heating
- * shouldn't be allowed to persist for more than a minute or two.
- *
- * Be careful to distinguish false positives from real sensor issues before disabling this feature. If the
- * heater's temperature appears even slightly higher than expected after restarting, you may have a real
- * thermal malfunction. Check the temperature graph in your host for any unusual bumps.
- */
- //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR
- #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR)
- // Variance detection window to override the THERMAL_PROTECTION...PERIOD settings above.
- // Keep in mind that some heaters heat up faster than others.
- //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR_PERIOD 30 // (s) Override all watch periods
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fan speeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at full speed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power-loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature Mode
- *
- * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
- *
- * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
- * behavior using an additional kC value.)
- *
- * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
- *
- * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B.
- * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0)
- #define AUTOTEMP_MIN 210
- #define AUTOTEMP_MAX 250
- #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR 0.1f
- // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
- //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
- #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
- #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
- #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
- #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-/**
- * The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
- * the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
- * hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
- * the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
- * This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
- */
-//#define PREHEAT_TIME_HOTEND_MS 0
-//#define PREHEAT_TIME_BED_MS 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder runout prevention.
- * If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
- * then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
- */
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Hotend Idle Timeout
- * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
- */
-//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
-#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-// @section fans
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
- * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for second controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors
-
- // Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature
-
- // Use TEMP_SENSOR_SOC as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_SOC_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the SoC reaches this temperature
-
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings
- #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Fan Kickstart
- * When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that
- * gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
- * (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
- */
-#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_LINEAR // Set kickstart time linearly based on the speed, e.g., for 20% (51) it will be FAN_KICKSTART_TIME * 0.2.
- // Useful for quick speed up to low speed. Kickstart power must be set to 255.
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-#define FAN_MIN_PWM 45
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * Fan Fast PWM
- *
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally
- * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
- * For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
- * This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
- * and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
- *
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- * Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 // Define here to override the defaults below
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
- #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
- #ifdef __AVR__
- #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1))
- #else
- #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Assign more PWM fans for part cooling, synchronized with Fan 0
- */
-//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 1 // Index of the first fan to synchronize with Fan 0
-#ifdef REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN
- //#define NUM_REDUNDANT_FANS 1 // Number of sequential fans to synchronize with Fan 0
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18
-#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers
- *
- * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed
- * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123.
- *
- * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM.
- */
-//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed
-//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * @section caselight
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 20 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light
- #endif
- #if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light
- #endif
- #if ANY(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section endstops
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// @section idex
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 434.6 // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS.
- // This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild.
- // Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200
-
- // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode.
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X"
-#endif
-
-// @section multi stepper
-
-/**
- * Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop
- *
- * When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem.
- * The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups.
- * Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X Y Z' and stored to EEPROM.
- *
- * - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X.
- *
- * - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset.
- *
- * - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop.
- * Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'.
- * Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error.
- * Also set with 'M666 X' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'.
- *
- * - Define the extra endstop pins here to override defaults. No auto-assignment.
- */
-#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
- #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_Y2_STEPPER
- //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
- #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Multi-Z steppers
-//
-#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
- //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z
-
- //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
- #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
- #endif
- #ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
- //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
- #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
- #endif
- #endif
- #ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
- //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
- #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers
-//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // E direction signals are opposites
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-/**
- * Homing Procedure
- * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
- * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
- */
-
-//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing
-
-#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
-//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
-
-#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
-//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
-
-// @section bltouch
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the
- * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians
- * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM.
- *
- * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true
-
- #ifdef BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
- // The probe Z offset (M851 Z) is the height at which the probe triggers.
- // This must be large enough to keep the probe pin off the bed and prevent
- // it from snagging on the bed clips.
- #define BLTOUCH_HS_EXTRA_CLEARANCE 7 // Extra Z Clearance
- #endif
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-// @section calibration
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- /**
- * Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
- * These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset!
- * If not defined, probe limits will be used.
- * Override with 'M422 S X Y'.
- */
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- /**
- * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
- * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y'
- *
- * 2 Steppers: (0) (1)
- * | | 2 |
- * | 1 2 | |
- * | | 1 |
- *
- * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |
- * | | 3 | | 3 |
- * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
- *
- * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |
- * | | | | |
- * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
- */
- #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
- //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- * Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers.
- *
- * Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw
- * positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper
- * driver order.
- */
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
-
- #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
- // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
- #endif
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
- // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
- // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
- #define HOME_AFTER_G34
-#endif
-
-//
-// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
-//
-//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
-#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
-
- // Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }
-
- // Define position names for probe points.
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right"
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right"
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
-
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
-
- //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
-
- //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment
-
- /**
- * Screw thread:
- * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise
- * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise
- * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise
- */
- #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30
-
-#endif
-
-// @section motion control
-
-/**
- * Fixed-time-based Motion Control -- EXPERIMENTAL
- * Enable/disable and set parameters with G-code M493.
- */
-//#define FT_MOTION
-#if ENABLED(FT_MOTION)
- #define FTM_DEFAULT_MODE ftMotionMode_DISABLED // Default mode of fixed time control. (Enums in ft_types.h)
- #define FTM_DEFAULT_DYNFREQ_MODE dynFreqMode_DISABLED // Default mode of dynamic frequency calculation. (Enums in ft_types.h)
- #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_X_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
- #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_Y_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
- #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_ENA false // Default linear advance enable (true) or disable (false)
- #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_K 0.0f // Default linear advance gain
- #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for X axis
- #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for Y axis
-
- #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_X 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for X axis
- #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_Y 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for Y axis
-
- //#define FT_MOTION_MENU // Provide a MarlinUI menu to set M493 parameters
-
- /**
- * Advanced configuration
- */
- #define FTM_UNIFIED_BWS // DON'T DISABLE unless you use Ulendo FBS (not implemented)
- #if ENABLED(FTM_UNIFIED_BWS)
- #define FTM_BW_SIZE 100 // Unified Window and Batch size with a ratio of 2
- #else
- #define FTM_WINDOW_SIZE 200 // Custom Window size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
- #define FTM_BATCH_SIZE 100 // Custom Batch size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
- #endif
-
- #define FTM_FS 1000 // (Hz) Frequency for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_TS)
- #define FTM_TS 0.001f // (s) Time step for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_FS)
-
- // These values may be configured to adjust the duration of loop().
- #define FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP 60 // Number of stepper commands to generate each loop()
- #define FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP 100 // Number of trajectory points to generate each loop()
-
- #if DISABLED(COREXY)
- #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 20000 // (Hz) Frequency for stepper I/O update
-
- // Use this to adjust the time required to consume the command buffer.
- // Try increasing this value if stepper motion is choppy.
- #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 3000 // Size of the stepper command buffers
- // (FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP * FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP) is a good start
- // If you run out of memory, fall back to 3000 and increase progressively
- #else
- // CoreXY motion needs a larger buffer size. These values are based on our testing.
- #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 30000
- #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 6000
- #endif
-
- #define FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME (FTM_STEPPER_FS / FTM_FS) // Interpolated stepper commands per unit time
- #define FTM_CTS_COMPARE_VAL (FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME / 2) // Comparison value used in interpolation algorithm
- #define FTM_MIN_TICKS ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / (FTM_STEPPER_FS)) // Minimum stepper ticks between steps
-
- #define FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ 10 // Minimum shaping frequency
- #define FTM_RATIO (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) // Factor for use in FTM_ZMAX. DON'T CHANGE.
- #define FTM_ZMAX (FTM_RATIO * 2) // Maximum delays for shaping functions (even numbers only!)
- // Calculate as:
- // ZV : FTM_RATIO / 2
- // ZVD, MZV : FTM_RATIO
- // 2HEI : FTM_RATIO * 3 / 2
- // 3HEI : FTM_RATIO * 2
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements.
- *
- * This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is
- * calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XYZ], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT,
- * DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can
- * be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE.
- * The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer.
- * If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced
- * effectiveness during high speed movements.
- *
- * Tune with M593 D F
- */
-//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
-//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
-//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Z
-#if ANY(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y, INPUT_SHAPING_Z)
- #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)
- #define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
- #define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15 // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
- #endif
- #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
- #define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
- #define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15 // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
- #endif
- #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Z)
- #define SHAPING_FREQ_Z 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Z axis.
- #define SHAPING_ZETA_Z 0.15 // Damping ratio of the Z axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
- #endif
- //#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20.0 // (Hz) By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.
- //#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.
- //#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default stepper drivers require an active-HIGH signal but some high-power drivers require an active-LOW signal to step.
-#define STEP_STATE_X HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_Y HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_Z HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_I HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_J HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_K HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_U HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_V HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_W HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_E HIGH
-
-/**
- * Idle Stepper Shutdown
- * Enable DISABLE_IDLE_* to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.
- * The default timeout duration can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.
- */
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_TIMEOUT_SEC 600
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_X
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_Y
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_Z // Disable if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_I
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_J
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_K
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_U
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_V
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_W
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_E // Shut down all idle extruders
-
-// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.
-#if HAS_ROTATIONAL_AXES
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 P.
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum travel feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 Q.
-#endif
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B.
-
-// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.
-// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
-#define SLOWDOWN
-#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
- #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
-#endif
-
-/**
- * XY Frequency limit
- * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
- * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
- * Use M201 F S to change limits at runtime.
- */
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F.
-#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
- #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (%) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 S.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics
- //#define CORE_BACKLASH
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..."
- //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved"
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes flash).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screw head or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define the pin to read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Multi-stepping sends steps in bursts to reduce MCU usage for high step-rates.
- * This allows higher feedrates than the MCU could otherwise support.
- */
-#define MULTISTEPPING_LIMIT 16 //: [1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128]
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-/**
- * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
- */
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
-#if ANY(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5
-
- // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
- // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
- //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)
-
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
- #if IS_ULTIPANEL
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- //#define ULTIPANEL_FLOWPERCENT // Encoder sets the flow percentage on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
- //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu
- #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
- /**
- * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
- * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
- * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
- */
- //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0
-
- // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
- //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
-
- #if HAS_BED_PROBE
- // Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist.
- //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION
- #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION)
- /**
- * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
- * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
- * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
- */
- #define XATC_START_Z 0.0
- #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard
- #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe
- #define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 } // Z offsets for X axis sample points
- #endif
-
- // Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu.
- #define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU
- #endif
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- //#define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- /**
- * MarlinUI "Move Axis" menu distances. Comma-separated list.
- * Values are displayed as-defined, so always use plain numbers here.
- * Axis moves <= 1/2 the axis length and Extruder moves <= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH
- * will be shown in the move submenus.
- */
-
- #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 500, 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
-
- // Manual move distances for INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
- #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 5.000, 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
-
- // Manual move distances for rotational axes
- #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_DEG 90, 45, 22.5, 5, 1 // (°)
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- #define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access
- //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM
-
- // Add Configuration > Debug Menu > Endstop Test for endstop/probe/runout testing
- //#define LCD_ENDSTOP_TEST
-
-#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
-
-#if HAS_DISPLAY
- /**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
- #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
- #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
- #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
- #endif
- #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash.
- #endif
- #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780)
- #define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
- #define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
- #endif
-
- //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
- #define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state
-
- #if HAS_WIRED_LCD
- //#define DOUBLE_LCD_FRAMERATE // Not recommended for slow boards.
- #endif
-
- // The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus
- #define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 10000 // (ms)
-
- // Scroll a longer status message into view
- #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
- // Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages
- //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds)
-
- // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
- #define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
- // Show the E position (filament used) during printing
- //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
- // Display a negative temperature instead of "err"
- //#define SHOW_TEMPERATURE_BELOW_ZERO
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_DISPLAY
-
-#if HAS_FEEDRATE_EDIT
- #define SPEED_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range minimum
- #define SPEED_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range maximum
-#endif
-#if HAS_FLOW_EDIT
- #define FLOW_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Flow percentage edit range minimum
- #define FLOW_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Flow percentage edit range maximum
-#endif
-
-// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate
-#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- #define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done
- //#define SET_REMAINING_TIME // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time
- //#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction
- //#define M73_REPORT // Report M73 values to host
- #if ALL(M73_REPORT, HAS_MEDIA)
- #define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY // Report only when printing from SD
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn.
-#if HAS_DISPLAY && ANY(HAS_MEDIA, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- #define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar)
- #define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E')
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R')
- #if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME)
- #define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change)
- #endif
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this
-
- #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_MEDIA
- /**
- * SD Card SPI Speed
- * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- *
- * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
- * otherwise full speed will be applied.
- *
- * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED']
- */
- //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-
- // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
- // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
- //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH
-
- //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up
- //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)
-
- //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping
-
- #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- //#define ONE_CLICK_PRINT // Prompt to print the newest file on inserted media
- //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted
-
- //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
- #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
- //#define PLR_BED_THRESHOLD BED_MAXTEMP // (°C) Skip user confirmation at or above this bed temperature (0 to disable)
-
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power-loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module, or comment to use board default.
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power-loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power-loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
-
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power-loss
- #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail
- #endif
-
- // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 10 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
- // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
- //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT
-
- #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 ' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol
- //#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands
-
- #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
-
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
-
- /**
- * Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu.
- * Endstops must be activated for this option to work.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
- #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
- #endif
-
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file
-
- #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S'
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS2_USB
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
-
- #define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform
-
- /**
- * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG)
- */
- //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST
-
- #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space.
- * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data.
- * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'.
- * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'.
- */
- //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)
- // Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
- //#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board.
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
-
- // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender)
- //#define NO_SD_DETECT
-
- /**
- * Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL.
- * Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive.
- */
- //#define MULTI_VOLUME
- #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME)
- #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD
- #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
- #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD
- #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_MEDIA
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
- // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
- //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customization
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
- //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling
- //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
-
- // Only one STATUS_HEAT_* option can be enabled
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_POWER // Show heater output power as a vertical bar
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
-
-#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
-#endif
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
-
- #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS, HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS)
- //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS
- #else
- #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
-
- #elif DGUS_UI_IS(E3S1PRO)
- /**
- * The stock Ender-3 S1 Pro/Plus display firmware has rather poor SD file handling.
- *
- * The autoscroll is mainly useful for status messages, filenames, and the "About" page.
- *
- * NOTE: The Advanced SD Card option is affected by the stock touchscreen firmware, so
- * pages 5 and up will display "4/4". This may get fixed in a screen firmware update.
- */
- #define DGUS_SOFTWARE_AUTOSCROLL // Enable long text software auto-scroll
- #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_START_CYCLES 1 // Refresh cycles without scrolling at the beginning of text strings
- #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_END_CYCLES 1 // ... at the end of text strings
-
- #define DGUS_ADVANCED_SDCARD // Allow more than 20 files and navigating directories
- #define DGUS_USERCONFIRM // Reuse the SD Card page to show various messages
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays
-//
-#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON)
- // By default the type of panel is automatically detected.
- // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type.
- //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD
- //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW
-
- // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune
- //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE
-
- /**
- * Display Folders
- * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list.
- * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser.
- *
- * NOTES:
- * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders.
- * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names.
- * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders.
- */
- #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW
-#endif
-
-//
-// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE.
-//
-#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI, ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
- #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI
- //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815
- //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
- //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping
-
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
-
- // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// Classic UI Options
-//
-#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Display Sleep
- * Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in.
- */
-//#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen
-
-/**
- * LCD Backlight Timeout
- * Requires a display with a controllable backlight
- */
-//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight
-
-#if defined(DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS)
- #define EDITABLE_DISPLAY_TIMEOUT // Edit sleep / backlight timeout with M255 S and a menu item
-#endif
-
-//
-// ADC Button Debounce
-//
-#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
- #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
- #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement)
- #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- //#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z // Enable if Z babysteps should go the other way
- //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 40 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 40 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
-
- #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- //#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
-
- #if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- #endif
- //#define BABYSTEP_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
- #define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder
- #else
- #define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders
- #endif
- //#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L.
- //#define LA_DEBUG // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use.
- //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2S_LA // Allow I2S_STEPPER_STREAM to be used with LA. Performance degrades as the LA step rate reaches ~20kHz.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Nonlinear Extrusion Control
- *
- * Control extrusion rate based on instantaneous extruder velocity. Can be used to correct for
- * underextrusion at high extruder speeds that are otherwise well-behaved (i.e., not skipping).
- * For better results also enable ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING.
- */
-//#define NONLINEAR_EXTRUSION
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Use Safe Bed Leveling coordinates to move axes to a useful position before bed probing.
- * For example, after homing a rotational axis the Z probe might not be perpendicular to the bed.
- * Choose values the orient the bed horizontally and the Z-probe vertically.
- */
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_X 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Y 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Z 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_I 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_J 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_K 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_U 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_V 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_W 0.0
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS
- #define PROBE_PT_1 { 35, 365 } // (mm) { x, y }
- #define PROBE_PT_2 { 35, 35 }
- #define PROBE_PT_3 { 365, 35 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Probing Margins
- *
- * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-#if ALL(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section probes
-
-/**
- * Thermal Probe Compensation
- *
- * Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature
- * of the probe, bed, and/or hotend.
- * Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures.
- * (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.)
- * Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually.
- * For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html
- */
-//#define PTC_PROBE // Compensate based on probe temperature
-//#define PTC_BED // Compensate based on bed temperature
-//#define PTC_HOTEND // Compensate based on hotend temperature
-
-#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND)
- /**
- * If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest
- * point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the
- * linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START.
- */
- //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4
-
- #if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE)
- // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START
- // (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples.
- #define PTC_PROBE_START 30 // (°C)
- #define PTC_PROBE_RES 5 // (°C)
- #define PTC_PROBE_COUNT 10
- #define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(PTC_BED)
- // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table.
- #define PTC_BED_START 60 // (°C)
- #define PTC_BED_RES 5 // (°C)
- #define PTC_BED_COUNT 10
- #define PTC_BED_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND)
- // Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871.
- #define PTC_HOTEND_START 180 // (°C)
- #define PTC_HOTEND_RES 5 // (°C)
- #define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT 20
- #define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
- #endif
-
- // G76 options
- #if ALL(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED)
- // Park position to wait for probe cooldown
- #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 }
-
- // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
- //#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed
- #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 }
-
- // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during
- // bed temperature calibration.
- #define PTC_PROBE_TEMP 30 // (°C)
-
- // Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster.
- // Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z).
- #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5 // (mm)
- #endif
-#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
-//
-//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Requires ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment
- #define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment
- #define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS 72 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure
-#endif
-
-// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
-
-#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Direct Stepping
- *
- * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly
- * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in
- * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance.
- * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon
- */
-//#define DIRECT_STEPPING
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in ns)
- * If undefined, these defaults (from Conditionals_adv.h) apply:
- * 100 : Minimum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729
- * 1000 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2000 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3000 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30000 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE_NS 2000
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, these defaults (from Conditionals_adv.h) apply:
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section gcode
-
-// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once.
-#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
-#elif HAS_MEDIA
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of flash (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_MEDIA
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Monitor RX buffer usage
-// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows.
-// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value.
-// Not supported on all platforms.
-//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR
-
-/**
- * Emergency Command Parser
- *
- * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
- * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
- * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
- * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
- */
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-/**
- * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
- *
- * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl).
- * - Auto-report position during long moves.
- * - Useful for CNC/LASER.
- *
- * Adds support for commands:
- * S000 : Report State and Position while moving.
- * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving.
- * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold.
- *
- * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual.
- * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports.
- */
-//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS)
- //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
- * Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
- * Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
- * This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
- */
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // (ms)
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point
-//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4
-
-/**
- * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL so use with caution and test thoroughly.
- * Enable this option to receive data on the serial ports via the onboard DMA
- * controller for more stable and reliable high-speed serial communication.
- * Support is currently limited to some STM32 MCUs and all HC32 MCUs.
- * Note: This has no effect on emulated USB serial ports.
- */
-//#define SERIAL_DMA
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-// @section gcode
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section tool change
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional
- * stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer.
- */
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution!
-
- /**
- * Consider coordinates for EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_Tx as relative to T0
- * so that moves in the specified axes are the same for all tools.
- */
- //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_X // Use X position relative to Tool 0
- //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Y // Use Y position relative to Tool 0
- //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Z // Use Z position relative to Tool 0
-
- /**
- * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped.
- * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc.
- */
- //#define TOOL_SENSOR
-
- /**
- * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
- * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- // Load / Unload
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B.
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)
-
- // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G.
-
- // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-
- // Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME
-
- /**
- * Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer:
- * [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ]
- * If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder:
- * [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ]
- * Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect.
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED
-
- /**
- * Tool Change Migration
- * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
- * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
- * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
- * Useful to:
- * - Change filament color without interruption
- * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
- * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
- */
- #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
- // Override toolchange settings
- // By default tool migration uses regular toolchange settings.
- // With a prime tower, tool-change swapping/priming occur inside the bed.
- // When migrating to a new unprimed tool you can set override values below.
- //#define MIGRATION_ZRAISE 0 // (mm)
-
- // Longer prime to clean out
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc.
-
- // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_TIME 0 // (seconds)
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_DO_PARK // Force park (or no-park) on migration
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
-
-// @section advanced pause
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause for Filament Change
- * - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change.
- * - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- *
- * Requirements:
- * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER.
- *
- * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
- //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
- //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
- #define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * Trinamic Smart Drivers
- *
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode:
- * - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board.
- * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
- * - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file.
- * (See the RAMPS pins, for example.)
- * - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI.
- *
- * To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART:
- * - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor.
- * For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor.
- * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
- * - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial.
- *
- * The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * @section tmc/config
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
-
- /**
- * Interpolate microsteps to 256
- * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below
- */
- #define INTERPOLATE true
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for homing. (Typically lower than *_CURRENT.)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ...
- //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis
- //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT X_CURRENT
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT_HOME
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS
- #define X2_RSENSE X_RSENSE
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT Y_CURRENT
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS
- #define Y2_RSENSE Y_RSENSE
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
- #define Z2_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
- #define Z3_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4)
- #define Z4_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
- #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
- #define Z4_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
- #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I)
- #define I_CURRENT 800
- #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT
- #define I_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define I_RSENSE 0.11
- #define I_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define I_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J)
- #define J_CURRENT 800
- #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT
- #define J_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define J_RSENSE 0.11
- #define J_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define J_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K)
- #define K_CURRENT 800
- #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT
- #define K_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define K_RSENSE 0.11
- #define K_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define K_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U)
- #define U_CURRENT 800
- #define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT
- #define U_MICROSTEPS 8
- #define U_RSENSE 0.11
- #define U_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define U_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V)
- #define V_CURRENT 800
- #define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT
- #define V_MICROSTEPS 8
- #define V_RSENSE 0.11
- #define V_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define V_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W)
- #define W_CURRENT 800
- #define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT
- #define W_MICROSTEPS 8
- #define W_RSENSE 0.11
- #define W_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define W_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E1_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E2_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E3_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E4_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E5_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6)
- #define E6_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E6_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7)
- #define E7_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E7_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Use the homing current for all probing. (e.g., Current may be reduced to the
- * point where a collision makes the motor skip instead of damaging the bed,
- * though this is unlikely to save delicate probes from being damaged.
- */
- //#define PROBING_USE_CURRENT_HOME
-
- // @section tmc/spi
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define I_CS_PIN -1
- //#define J_CS_PIN -1
- //#define K_CS_PIN -1
- //#define U_CS_PIN -1
- //#define V_CS_PIN -1
- //#define W_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E6_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E7_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SPI_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SPI_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SPI_SCK -1
-
- // @section tmc/serial
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- // @section tmc/smart
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- // @section tmc/stealthchop
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_I
- #define STEALTHCHOP_J
- #define STEALTHCHOP_K
- #define STEALTHCHOP_U
- #define STEALTHCHOP_V
- #define STEALTHCHOP_W
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define your own with:
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I CHOPPER_TIMING // For I Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J CHOPPER_TIMING // For J Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K CHOPPER_TIMING // For K Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U CHOPPER_TIMING // For U Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V CHOPPER_TIMING // For V Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W CHOPPER_TIMING // For W Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
-
- // @section tmc/status
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers
- * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant G-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- // @section tmc/hybrid
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
- #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
- #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
- #define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s]
- #define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- *
- * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.
- * @section tmc/stallguard
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if ANY(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130/TMC5160 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- // @section tmc/config
-
- /**
- * TMC Homing stepper phase.
- *
- * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
- * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
- * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
- * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
- *
- * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
- */
- //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }
-
- /**
- * Step on both rising and falling edge signals (as with a square wave).
- */
- //#define EDGE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//
-// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
-// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
-//
-//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL but may be useful for custom I2C peripherals.
- * Enable this to send and receive I2C data from slave devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
- #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-#endif
-
-// @section photo
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // https://web.archive.org/web/20200920094805/https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-
- /**
- * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
- * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
- * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
- * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
- *
- * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
- * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
- */
- //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
- #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
- #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section cnc
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPID is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if ANY(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC)
- // ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander
- // the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ...
- // (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value.
- #endif
-
- //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11
- #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION)
- #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin
- #endif
-
- //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9
- #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST)
- #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin
- //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin
- #endif
-
- //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power
- #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO
- #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control
- #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
- * - PWM255 (S0 - S255)
- * - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
- * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle
- * - SERVO (S0 - S180)
- */
- #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255
-
- /**
- * Relative Cutter Power
- * Normally, 'M3 O' sets
- * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.
- * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX
- * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).
- * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
- */
- //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- /**
- * M3/M4 Power Equation
- *
- * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.
- * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.
- *
- * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
- * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
- */
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM)
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
- #endif
-
- #else
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100
- #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
- #endif
-
- // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function
- #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu
- #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- /**
- * Laser Safety Timeout
- *
- * The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time.
- * Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this
- * value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and
- * the material could ignite.
- */
- #define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS 1000 // (ms)
-
- /**
- * Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode.
- *
- * e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner.
- * Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR.
- *
- * 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value.
- *
- * Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power.
- * Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
- * Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
- * The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
- * More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
- *
- * M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
- */
-
- /**
- * Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
- * This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
- * CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
- * for a planner synchronization
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
-
- /**
- * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
- *
- * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
- * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
- * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_TRAP
-
- //
- // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module)
- //
- //#define I2C_AMMETER
- #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER)
- #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range
- #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value
- #endif
-
- //
- // Laser Coolant Flow Meter
- //
- //#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER
- #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER)
- #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21)
- #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin
- #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds
- #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below
- #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY)
- #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107
- *
- * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing
- * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan
- * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser
- * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity.
- *
- * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options.
- */
-//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-// @section filament width
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-// @section power
-
-/**
- * Power Monitor
- * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)
- *
- * Read and configure with M430
- *
- * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin
- * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin
- */
-//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current
-//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage
-
-#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT)
- #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
- #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current
- #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)
- #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
- #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection
- *
- * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check
- * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power.
- * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature.
- */
-//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT
-
-// @section cnc
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * CNC Drilling Cycle - UNDER DEVELOPMENT
- *
- * Enables G81 to perform a drilling cycle.
- * Currently only supports a single cycle, no G-code chaining.
- */
-//#define CNC_DRILLING_CYCLE
-
-// @section security
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-// @section volumetrics
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).
- * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT
- #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)
- /**
- * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).
- * This factory setting applies to all extruders.
- * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset.
- * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.
- */
- #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec)
- #define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT_MAX 20 // (mm^3/sec)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section reporting
-
-/**
- * Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
- */
-#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
-//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
-//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.
-
-/**
- * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S
- * Requires fans with tachometer pins
- */
-//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS
-
-//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Auto-report position with M154 S
- */
-//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_POSITION)
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_REAL_POSITION // Auto-report the real position
-#endif
-
-/**
- * M115 - Report capabilites. Disable to save ~1150 bytes of flash.
- * Some hosts (and serial TFT displays) rely on this feature.
- */
-#define CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-#if ENABLED(CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
- // Include capabilities in M115 output
- #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
- #if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
- //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section gcode
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
- //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Variables
- *
- * Define a variable from 100-115 with G-code like '#101=19.6'.
- * A variable can then be used in a G-code expression like 'G0 X[#101+3]'.
- * See https://gcodetutor.com/cnc-macro-programming/cnc-variables.html
- */
-//#define GCODE_VARIABLES
-
-/**
- * Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack)
- */
-//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1
-//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2
-
-//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase
-
-//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW
-
-/**
- * Enable M111 debug flags 1=ECHO, 2=INFO, 4=ERRORS (unimplemented).
- * Disable to save some flash. Some hosts (Repetier Host) may rely on this feature.
- */
-#define DEBUG_FLAGS_GCODE
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes
- * workspace offsets to slightly optimize performance.
- * G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Disable M206 and M428 if you don't need home offsets.
- */
-//#define NO_HOME_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-//#define G0_ANGULAR_FEEDRATE 2700 // (°/min)
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code.
- * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent.
- */
-
-// @section custom main menu
-
-// Custom Menu: Main Menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN)
- //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
-
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info"
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
-
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
-
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
-
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
-
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
-#endif
-
-// @section custom config menu
-
-// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG)
- //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done"
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
-
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON"
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
-
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON"
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
-
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
-
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
-
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
-#endif
-
-// @section custom buttons
-
-/**
- * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code.
- * Up to 25 may be defined.
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS)
- //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1
- #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1)
- #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH.
- #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing?
- #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28"
- #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status
- #endif
-
- //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1
- #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2)
- #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW
- #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false
- #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
- #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #endif
-
- //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1
- #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3)
- #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW
- #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false
- #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
- #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section host
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 // Tell the host to pause in response to M76
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback
- #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
- //#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS // Send some status messages to the host as notifications
- #endif
- //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start
- //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS)
- #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message
-#endif
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/products/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- * @section i2c encoders
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- * @section joystick
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
- //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Mechanical Gantry Calibration
- * Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION.
- * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers.
- * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated.
- * @section calibrate
- */
-//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION
-#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION)
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction
-
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE ""
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality
- * Potentially useful for rapid stop that allows being resumed. Halts stepper movement.
- * Note this does NOT pause spindles, lasers, fans, heaters or any other auxiliary device.
- * @section interface
- */
-//#define FREEZE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE)
- //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here
- #define FREEZE_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating freeze
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- * @section debug matrix
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37
-
- #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 3 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- #define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 2 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 4 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
- // row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
- // See class CodeProfiler.
- //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
- //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_SLOWDOWN 6 // Count (mod 16) how many times SLOWDOWN has reduced print speed.
- //#define MAX7219_REINIT_ON_POWERUP // Re-initialize MAX7129 when power supply turns on
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will
- * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure.
- * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands.
- * @section nanodlp
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z).
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address.
- * @section network
- */
-#if HAS_ETHERNET
- #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Native ESP32 board with WiFi or add-on ESP32 WiFi-101 module
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi management. Not needed for simple WiFi serial port.
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-/**
- * Extras for an ESP32-based motherboard with WIFISUPPORT
- * These options don't apply to add-on WiFi modules based on ESP32 WiFi101.
- */
-#if ANY(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) using SPIFFS
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-
- /**
- * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
- * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
- * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
- *
- * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
- * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"
- */
- //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
-#endif
-
-// @section multi-material
-
-/**
- * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU)
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- *
- * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive
- * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors.
- */
-#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1
- /**
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- *
- * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- */
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
-
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 1145 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- /**
- * Using a sensor like the MMU2S
- * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.
- * See https://help.prusa3d.com/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560#42048, step 11
- */
- #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S
- #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min)
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
- { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
- { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
- { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
- { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
-
- // Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move
- //#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE
- #else
-
- /**
- * MMU1 Extruder Sensor
- *
- * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder
- * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament
- * sensor less than 38mm from the gears.
- *
- * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last
- * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.
- * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.
- */
- //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
- #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
- #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- * @section stats
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
-//
-#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
-
-//
-// M42 - Set pin states
-//
-//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL
-
-//
-// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
-//
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report
-//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
-
-#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE)
- /**
- * D576 - Buffer Monitoring
- * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers.
- */
- //#define BUFFER_MONITORING
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial.
- * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand
- * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash.
- */
-//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING
-
-/**
- * Software Reset options
- */
-//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller
-//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL
-
-// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR.
-//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON
-
-// Shrink the build for smaller boards by sacrificing some serial feedback
-//#define MARLIN_SMALL_BUILD
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35bed5dcf06..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Bootscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen
- *
- * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from
- * a black and white image:
- *
- * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php
- */
-#include
-
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128
-
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000111,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001110,B00011100,B00000110,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000110,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00111111,B11000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00111111,B11000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000110,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000110,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11000000,B00000110,B00000000,
- B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00011111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000001,
- B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111
-};
-
-// Saves 729 bytes
-#define COMPACT_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_EXT
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp_rle[295] PROGMEM = {
- 0x13, 0xF6, 0x84, 0xF6, 0xE1, 0xF2, 0x9B, 0xF2, 0x91, 0xF2, 0x7E, 0xF2, 0x80, 0xF2, 0x6F, 0x03,
- 0xF5, 0xBF, 0x07, 0xF5, 0x7F, 0x0A, 0xF5, 0x4F, 0x0E, 0xF5, 0x05, 0xF6, 0x95, 0xF6, 0x96, 0xF6,
- 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0x7F, 0x08, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x7F, 0x08, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x96, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0xA5, 0x6F, 0x08, 0xF4, 0xC4, 0x6F, 0x07, 0xF4, 0xE3, 0x6F, 0x06, 0xF5, 0x02, 0x6F, 0x05, 0xF5,
- 0x30, 0x6F, 0x04, 0xF5, 0xCF, 0x03, 0xF5, 0xDF, 0x02, 0xF5, 0xEF, 0x01, 0xF5, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xF6,
- 0x0E, 0xF6, 0x1D, 0xF6, 0x3B, 0xFF, 0x41, 0xF0, 0x08, 0x9F, 0x2D, 0x2F, 0x0D, 0xF0, 0x08, 0xBF,
- 0x29, 0x5F, 0x0C, 0x04, 0x34, 0x08, 0x25, 0x3B, 0x28, 0x36, 0x3F, 0x00, 0x21, 0x2F, 0x11, 0x3E,
- 0x26, 0x37, 0x78, 0x16, 0x1F, 0x01, 0x23, 0x26, 0x1F, 0x07, 0x3E, 0x25, 0x37, 0x32, 0x28, 0x14,
- 0x1F, 0x02, 0x15, 0x16, 0x1F, 0x07, 0x3E, 0x51, 0x37, 0x17, 0x18, 0x12, 0x1F, 0x0B, 0x16, 0x1F,
- 0x07, 0x35, 0x70, 0x99, 0x17, 0x28, 0x10, 0x1F, 0x0B, 0x23, 0x7F, 0x04, 0x35, 0x70, 0x23, 0x28,
- 0xD9, 0x3F, 0x0A, 0x24, 0x7F, 0x04, 0x3E, 0x24, 0x36, 0x1F, 0x06, 0x3F, 0x09, 0x28, 0x1F, 0x07,
- 0x3E, 0x25, 0x36, 0x1F, 0x04, 0x11, 0x1F, 0x08, 0x19, 0x1F, 0x07, 0x3E, 0x26, 0x35, 0x18, 0x17,
- 0x13, 0x1F, 0x05, 0x2A, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x3E, 0x26, 0x36, 0x25, 0x17, 0x15, 0x1F, 0x03, 0x2F, 0x06,
- 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x27, 0x20, 0x05, 0x96, 0x17, 0x1F, 0x00, 0x9F, 0x01, 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x28, 0x28, 0x47,
- 0x29, 0x2C, 0xAF, 0x01, 0x4F, 0x68, 0x30
-};
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 454c3003ff7..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/_Statusscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Status Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-//
-// Status Screen Logo bitmap
-//
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4
-#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21
-
-const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,
- B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,
- B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00000111,B00001111,B11110000,
- B00000011,B00001111,B11000000,
- B00000001,B00001111,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001100,B00000000
-};
-
-//
-// Use default bitmaps
-//
-#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
-#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
-#if HOTENDS < 2
- #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8
- #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40
- #define STATUS_BED_X 72
-#else
- #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0
- #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32
- #define STATUS_BED_X 80
-#endif
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ceab7c8033b..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3666 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-#error "Don't build with import-2.1.x configurations!"
-#error "Use the 'bugfix...' or 'release...' configurations matching your Marlin version."
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 02010300
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated:
- *
- * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all
- *
- * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusa3d.com/calculator_3416/
- *
- * Calibration Guides: https://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * https://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * https://web.archive.org/web/20220907014303/https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * https://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * https://teachingtechyt.github.io/calibration.html
- *
- * Calibration Objects: https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1278865
- */
-
-#define ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES // If ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES is defined, those pins become filament runout sensors
- // (But the SD Memory card won't work and is turned off!!!)
-
-// @section info
-
-// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "Formbot-3D" // Who made the changes.
-//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_FORMBOT_TREX3
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Serial Port Baud Rate
- * This is the default communication speed for all serial ports.
- * Set the baud rate defaults for additional serial ports below.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
- * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
-
-/**
- * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1
-//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
-
-/**
- * Select a serial port to communicate with RS485 protocol
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
- */
-//#define RS485_SERIAL_PORT 1
-#ifdef RS485_SERIAL_PORT
- //#define M485_PROTOCOL 1 // Check your host for protocol compatibility
- //#define RS485_BUS_BUFFER_SIZE 128
-#endif
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "T-Rex 3"
-
-// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
-// Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section stepper drivers
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define J_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define K_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-/**
- * Additional Axis Settings
- *
- * Define AXISn_ROTATES for all axes that rotate or pivot.
- * Rotational axis coordinates are expressed in degrees.
- *
- * AXISn_NAME defines the letter used to refer to the axis in (most) G-code commands.
- * By convention the names and roles are typically:
- * 'A' : Rotational axis parallel to X
- * 'B' : Rotational axis parallel to Y
- * 'C' : Rotational axis parallel to Z
- * 'U' : Secondary linear axis parallel to X
- * 'V' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Y
- * 'W' : Secondary linear axis parallel to Z
- *
- * Regardless of these settings the axes are internally named I, J, K, U, V, W.
- */
-#ifdef I_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS4_NAME 'A' // :['A', 'B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
- #define AXIS4_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef J_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS5_NAME 'B' // :['B', 'C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
- #define AXIS5_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef K_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS6_NAME 'C' // :['C', 'U', 'V', 'W']
- #define AXIS6_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef U_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS7_NAME 'U' // :['U', 'V', 'W']
- //#define AXIS7_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef V_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS8_NAME 'V' // :['V', 'W']
- //#define AXIS8_ROTATES
-#endif
-#ifdef W_DRIVER_TYPE
- #define AXIS9_NAME 'W' // :['W']
- //#define AXIS9_ROTATES
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]
-#define EXTRUDERS 2
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-// Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change.
-// Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T...
-#if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE)
- //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP
- //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN
-#endif
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Switch extruders by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
-//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles.
- * Can be combined with SWITCHING_EXTRUDER.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // A pair of angles for { E0, E1 }.
- // For Dual Servo use two pairs: { { lower, raise }, { lower, raise } }
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_DWELL 2500 // Dwell time to wait for servo to make physical move
-#endif
-
-// Switch nozzles by bumping the toolhead. Requires EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_#.
-//#define MECHANICAL_SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ANY(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Magnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
- * docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-/**
- * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
- * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
- * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
- */
-//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-
-#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
- #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
- //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
- #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate
- #endif
- #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- //#define MIXING_PRESETS // Assign 8 default V-tool presets for 2 or 3 MIXING_STEPPERS
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section multi-material
-
-/**
- * Multi-Material Unit
- * Set to one of these predefined models:
- *
- * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version)
- * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2
- * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5)
- * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
- * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware)
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h.
- * :["PRUSA_MMU1", "PRUSA_MMU2", "PRUSA_MMU2S", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2", "EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S"]
- */
-//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// @section psu control
-
-/**
- * Power Supply Control
- *
- * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
- * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
- */
-//#define PSU_CONTROL
-//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
-
-#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
- //#define MKS_PWC // Using the MKS PWC add-on
- //#define PS_OFF_CONFIRM // Confirm dialog when power off
- //#define PS_OFF_SOUND // Beep 1s when power off
- #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box
-
- //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power
- //#define LED_POWEROFF_TIMEOUT 10000 // (ms) Turn off LEDs after power-off, with this amount of delay
-
- //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT // Second pin for redundant power control
- //#define PSU_OFF_REDUNDANT_INVERTED // Redundant pin state is the inverse of PSU_ACTIVE_STATE
-
- //#define PS_ON1_PIN 6 // Redundant pin required to enable power in combination with PS_ON_PIN
-
- //#define PS_ON_EDM_PIN 8 // External Device Monitoring pins for external power control relay feedback. Fault on mismatch.
- //#define PS_ON1_EDM_PIN 9
- #define PS_EDM_RESPONSE 250 // (ms) Time to allow for relay action
-
- //#define POWER_OFF_TIMER // Enable M81 D to power off after a delay
- //#define POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN // Enable M81 S to power off only after cooldown
-
- //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on)
- //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off)
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU for fans
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS // Turn on PSU for E Fans
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN // Turn on PSU for Controller Fan
- #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Chamber Fan
- #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN // Turn on PSU for Cooler Fan
- #define AUTO_POWER_SPINDLE_LASER // Turn on PSU for Spindle/Laser
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration
- //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time.
- #endif
- #if ANY(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL, POWER_OFF_WAIT_FOR_COOLDOWN)
- //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) PSU on if any extruder is over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) PSU on if the chamber is over this temperature
- //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) PSU on if the cooler is over this temperature
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section temperature
-
-/**
- * Temperature Sensors:
- *
- * NORMAL IS 4.7kΩ PULLUP! Hotend sensors can use 1kΩ pullup with correct resistor and table.
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermistors - 4.7kΩ pullup - Normal
- * ================================================================
- * 1 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Best choice for EPCOS thermistors
- * 331 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for MEGA
- * 332 : 100kΩ Same as #1, but 3.3V scaled for DUE
- * 2 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2
- * 202 : 200kΩ Copymaster 3D
- * 3 : ???Ω Mendel-parts thermistor
- * 4 : 10kΩ Generic Thermistor !! DO NOT use for a hotend - it gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G - Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D, SliceEngineering 300°C
- * 501 : 100kΩ Zonestar - Tronxy X3A
- * 502 : 100kΩ Zonestar - used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M
- * 503 : 100kΩ Zonestar (Z8XM2) Heated Bed thermistor
- * 504 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-B3950) Hotend Thermistor
- * 505 : 100kΩ Zonestar P802QR2 (Part# QWG-104F-3950) Bed Thermistor
- * 512 : 100kΩ RPW-Ultra hotend
- * 6 : 100kΩ EPCOS - Not as accurate as table #1 (created using a fluke thermocouple)
- * 7 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01
- * 71 : 100kΩ Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01
- * 8 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT
- * 9 : 100kΩ GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1
- * 10 : 100kΩ RS PRO 198-961
- * 11 : 100kΩ Keenovo AC silicone mats, most Wanhao i3 machines - beta 3950, 1%
- * 12 : 100kΩ Vishay 0603 SMD NTCS0603E3104FXT (#8) - calibrated for Makibox hot bed
- * 13 : 100kΩ Hisens up to 300°C - for "Simple ONE" & "All In ONE" hotend - beta 3950, 1%
- * 14 : 100kΩ (R25), 4092K (beta25), 4.7kΩ pull-up, bed thermistor as used in Ender-5 S1
- * 15 : 100kΩ Calibrated for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 17 : 100kΩ Dagoma NTC white thermistor
- * 18 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
- * 22 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - hotend - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3V and 220Ω to analog input
- * 23 : 100kΩ GTM32 Pro vB - bed - 4.7kΩ pullup to 3.3v and 220Ω to analog input
- * 30 : 100kΩ Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K - beta 3950
- * 60 : 100kΩ Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor - beta 3950
- * 61 : 100kΩ Formbot/Vivedino 350°C Thermistor - beta 3950
- * 66 : 4.7MΩ Dyze Design / Trianglelab T-D500 500°C High Temperature Thermistor
- * 67 : 500kΩ SliceEngineering 450°C Thermistor
- * 68 : PT100 Smplifier board from Dyze Design
- * 70 : 100kΩ bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100kΩ Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC100K MGB18-104F39050L32
- * 666 : 200kΩ Einstart S custom thermistor with 10k pullup.
- * 2000 : 100kΩ Ultimachine Rambo TDK NTCG104LH104KT1 NTC100K motherboard Thermistor
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermistors - 1kΩ pullup
- * Atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7kΩ pullup for 1kΩ.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * ================================================================
- * 51 : 100kΩ EPCOS (1kΩ pullup)
- * 52 : 200kΩ ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1kΩ pullup)
- * 55 : 100kΩ ATC Semitec 104GT-2 - Used in ParCan & J-Head (1kΩ pullup)
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermistors - 10kΩ pullup - Atypical
- * ================================================================
- * 99 : 100kΩ Found on some Wanhao i3 machines with a 10kΩ pull-up resistor
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog RTDs (Pt100/Pt1000)
- * ================================================================
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4.7kΩ pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1kΩ pullup (atypical)
- * 1022 : Pt1000 with 2.2kΩ pullup
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4.7kΩ pullup (E3D)
- * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage.
- * NOTE: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21.
- * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply.
- * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C.
- * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
- *
- * ================================================================
- * SPI RTD/Thermocouple Boards
- * ================================================================
- * -5 : MAX31865 with Pt100/Pt1000, 2, 3, or 4-wire (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
- * NOTE: You must uncomment/set the MAX31865_*_OHMS_n defines below.
- * -3 : MAX31855 with Thermocouple, -200°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
- * -2 : MAX6675 with Thermocouple, 0°C to +700°C (only for sensors 0-2 and bed)
- *
- * NOTE: Ensure TEMP_n_CS_PIN is set in your pins file for each TEMP_SENSOR_n using an SPI Thermocouple. By default,
- * Hardware SPI on the default serial bus is used. If you have also set TEMP_n_SCK_PIN and TEMP_n_MISO_PIN,
- * Software SPI will be used on those ports instead. You can force Hardware SPI on the default bus in the
- * Configuration_adv.h file. At this time, separate Hardware SPI buses for sensors are not supported.
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Analog Thermocouple Boards
- * ================================================================
- * -4 : AD8495 with Thermocouple
- * -1 : AD595 with Thermocouple
- *
- * ================================================================
- * SoC internal sensor
- * ================================================================
- * 100 : SoC internal sensor
- *
- * ================================================================
- * Custom/Dummy/Other Thermal Sensors
- * ================================================================
- * 0 : not used
- * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * !!! Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. !!!
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_6 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_7 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_SOC 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(0)
- #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000)
- #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for Adafruit PT100; 4300 for Adafruit PT1000
-#endif
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(1)
- #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100
- #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430
-#endif
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_IS_MAX_TC(2)
- #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_2 100
- #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_2 430
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_E_TEMP_SENSOR
- #define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
- #define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
- #define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
- #define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
- #define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
- #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Redundant Temperature Sensor (TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT)
- *
- * Use a temp sensor as a redundant sensor for another reading. Select an unused temperature sensor, and another
- * sensor you'd like it to be redundant for. If the two thermistors differ by TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF (°C),
- * the print will be aborted. Whichever sensor is selected will have its normal functions disabled; i.e. selecting
- * the Bed sensor (-1) will disable bed heating/monitoring.
- *
- * For selecting source/target use: COOLER, PROBE, BOARD, CHAMBER, BED, E0, E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7
- */
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_SOURCE E1 // The sensor that will provide the redundant reading.
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_TARGET E0 // The sensor that we are providing a redundant reading for.
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT_MAX_DIFF 10 // (°C) Temperature difference that will trigger a print abort.
-#endif
-
-// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
-// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
-
-// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
-// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
-// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 305
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
-
-/**
- * Thermal Overshoot
- * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees
- * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees
- * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP.
- */
-#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
-#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT
-#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hotend temp
-
-/**
- * Temperature Control
- *
- * (NONE) : Bang-bang heating
- * PIDTEMP : PID temperature control (~4.1K)
- * MPCTEMP : Predictive Model temperature control. (~1.8K without auto-tune)
- */
-#define PIDTEMP // See the PID Tuning Guide at https://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-//#define MPCTEMP // See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/model_predictive_control.html
-
-#define PID_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Print PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation.
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Use separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with G-code: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
-
- // Based on T-Rex 2+
- #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
- // Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
- // If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
- #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
- #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
- #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
- #else
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.20
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114.00
- #endif
-#else
- #define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Model Predictive Control for hotend
- *
- * Use a physical model of the hotend to control temperature. When configured correctly this gives
- * better responsiveness and stability than PID and removes the need for PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- * and PID_FAN_SCALING. Enable MPC_AUTOTUNE and use M306 T to autotune the model.
- * @section mpctemp
- */
-#if ENABLED(MPCTEMP)
- #define MPC_AUTOTUNE // Include a method to do MPC auto-tuning (~6.3K bytes of flash)
- //#define MPC_EDIT_MENU // Add MPC editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~1.3K bytes of flash)
- //#define MPC_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add MPC auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~350 bytes of flash)
-
- #define MPC_MAX 255 // (0..255) Current to nozzle while MPC is active.
- #define MPC_HEATER_POWER { 40.0f } // (W) Heat cartridge powers.
-
- #define MPC_INCLUDE_FAN // Model the fan speed?
-
- // Measured physical constants from M306
- #define MPC_BLOCK_HEAT_CAPACITY { 16.7f } // (J/K) Heat block heat capacities.
- #define MPC_SENSOR_RESPONSIVENESS { 0.22f } // (K/s per ∆K) Rate of change of sensor temperature from heat block.
- #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF { 0.068f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan off.
- #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
- #define MPC_AMBIENT_XFER_COEFF_FAN255 { 0.097f } // (W/K) Heat transfer coefficients from heat block to room air with fan on full.
- #endif
-
- // For one fan and multiple hotends MPC needs to know how to apply the fan cooling effect.
- #if ENABLED(MPC_INCLUDE_FAN)
- //#define MPC_FAN_0_ALL_HOTENDS
- //#define MPC_FAN_0_ACTIVE_HOTEND
- #endif
-
- // Filament Heat Capacity (joules/kelvin/mm)
- // Set at runtime with M306 H
- #define FILAMENT_HEAT_CAPACITY_PERMM { 5.6e-3f } // 0.0056 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PLA (0.0149 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PLA).
- // 0.0036 J/K/mm for 1.75mm PETG (0.0094 J/K/mm for 2.85mm PETG).
- // 0.00515 J/K/mm for 1.75mm ABS (0.0137 J/K/mm for 2.85mm ABS).
- // 0.00522 J/K/mm for 1.75mm Nylon (0.0138 J/K/mm for 2.85mm Nylon).
-
- // Advanced options
- #define MPC_SMOOTHING_FACTOR 0.5f // (0.0...1.0) Noisy temperature sensors may need a lower value for stabilization.
- #define MPC_MIN_AMBIENT_CHANGE 1.0f // (K/s) Modeled ambient temperature rate of change, when correcting model inaccuracies.
- #define MPC_STEADYSTATE 0.5f // (K/s) Temperature change rate for steady state logic to be enforced.
-
- #define MPC_TUNING_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 1.0f } // (mm) M306 Autotuning position, ideally bed center at first layer height.
- #define MPC_TUNING_END_Z 10.0f // (mm) M306 Autotuning final Z position.
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section bed temp
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- *
- * With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port.
-
- // 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- // from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#else
- //#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING // Keep the bed temperature within BED_HYSTERESIS of the target
-#endif
-
-// Add 'M190 R T' for more gradual M190 R bed cooling.
-//#define BED_ANNEALING_GCODE
-
-//===========================================================================
-//==================== PID > Chamber Temperature Control ====================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Chamber Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable
- * hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- * @section chamber temp
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER
-//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Chamber Power
- * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- */
-#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0
- //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Print Chamber PID debug data to the serial port.
-
- // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element
- // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent.
- //
- #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04
- #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40
- #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17
- // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER
-
-#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
- #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//
-// MarkForged Kinematics
-// See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042
-//
-//#define MARKFORGED_XY
-//#define MARKFORGED_YX
-#if ANY(MARKFORGED_XY, MARKFORGED_YX)
- //#define MARKFORGED_INVERSE // Enable for an inverted Markforged kinematics belt path
-#endif
-
-// Enable for a belt style printer with endless "Z" motion
-//#define BELTPRINTER
-
-// Enable for Polargraph Kinematics
-//#define POLARGRAPH
-#if ENABLED(POLARGRAPH)
- #define POLARGRAPH_MAX_BELT_LEN 1035.0 // (mm) Belt length at full extension. Override with M665 H.
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 5 // Move segmentation based on duration
- #define PEN_UP_DOWN_MENU // Add "Pen Up" and "Pen Down" to the MarlinUI menu
-#endif
-
-// @section delta
-
-// Enable for DELTA kinematics and configure below
-//#define DELTA
-#if ENABLED(DELTA)
-
- // Make delta curves from many straight lines (linear interpolation).
- // This is a trade-off between visible corners (not enough segments)
- // and processor overload (too many expensive sqrt calls).
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
-
- // After homing move down to a height where XY movement is unconstrained
- //#define DELTA_HOME_TO_SAFE_ZONE
-
- // Delta calibration menu
- // Add three-point calibration to the MarlinUI menu.
- // See http://minow.blogspot.com/index.html#4918805519571907051
- //#define DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU
-
- // G33 Delta Auto-Calibration. Enable EEPROM_SETTINGS to store results.
- //#define DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION
-
- #if ENABLED(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION)
- // Default number of probe points : n*n (1 -> 7)
- #define DELTA_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT_POINTS 4
- #endif
-
- #if ANY(DELTA_AUTO_CALIBRATION, DELTA_CALIBRATION_MENU)
- // Step size for paper-test probing
- #define PROBE_MANUALLY_STEP 0.05 // (mm)
- #endif
-
- // Print surface diameter/2 minus unreachable space (avoid collisions with vertical towers).
- #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
-
- // Maximum reachable area
- #define DELTA_MAX_RADIUS 140.0 // (mm)
-
- // Center-to-center distance of the holes in the diagonal push rods.
- #define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD 250.0 // (mm)
-
- // Distance between bed and nozzle Z home position
- #define DELTA_HEIGHT 250.00 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
-
- #define DELTA_ENDSTOP_ADJ { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
-
- // Horizontal distance bridged by diagonal push rods when effector is centered.
- #define DELTA_RADIUS 124.0 // (mm) Get this value from G33 auto calibrate
-
- // Trim adjustments for individual towers
- // tower angle corrections for X and Y tower / rotate XYZ so Z tower angle = 0
- // measured in degrees anticlockwise looking from above the printer
- #define DELTA_TOWER_ANGLE_TRIM { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm) Get these values from G33 auto calibrate
-
- // Delta radius and diagonal rod adjustments
- //#define DELTA_RADIUS_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
- //#define DELTA_DIAGONAL_ROD_TRIM_TOWER { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 } // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section scara
-
-/**
- * MORGAN_SCARA was developed by QHARLEY in South Africa in 2012-2013.
- * Implemented and slightly reworked by JCERNY in June, 2014.
- *
- * Mostly Printed SCARA is an open source design by Tyler Williams. See:
- * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2487048
- * https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1241491
- */
-//#define MORGAN_SCARA
-//#define MP_SCARA
-#if ANY(MORGAN_SCARA, MP_SCARA)
- // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
-
- // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
- #define SCARA_LINKAGE_1 150 // (mm)
- #define SCARA_LINKAGE_2 150 // (mm)
-
- // SCARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
- // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the SCARA space.
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_X 100 // (mm)
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_Y -56 // (mm)
-
- #if ENABLED(MORGAN_SCARA)
-
- //#define DEBUG_SCARA_KINEMATICS
- #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
-
- // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
- #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
-
- #elif ENABLED(MP_SCARA)
-
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA1 12 // degrees
- #define SCARA_OFFSET_THETA2 131 // degrees
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section tpara
-
-// Enable for TPARA kinematics and configure below
-//#define AXEL_TPARA
-#if ENABLED(AXEL_TPARA)
- #define DEBUG_TPARA_KINEMATICS
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 200
-
- // Length of inner and outer support arms. Measure arm lengths precisely.
- #define TPARA_LINKAGE_1 120 // (mm)
- #define TPARA_LINKAGE_2 120 // (mm)
-
- // TPARA tower offset (position of Tower relative to bed zero position)
- // This needs to be reasonably accurate as it defines the printbed position in the TPARA space.
- #define TPARA_OFFSET_X 0 // (mm)
- #define TPARA_OFFSET_Y 0 // (mm)
- #define TPARA_OFFSET_Z 0 // (mm)
-
- #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
-
- // Radius around the center where the arm cannot reach
- #define MIDDLE_DEAD_ZONE_R 0 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section polar
-
-/**
- * POLAR Kinematics
- * developed by Kadir ilkimen for PolarBear CNC and babyBear
- * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/Polar-Bear-Cnc-Machine
- * https://github.com/kadirilkimen/babyBear-3D-printer
- *
- * A polar machine can have different configurations.
- * This kinematics is only compatible with the following configuration:
- * X : Independent linear
- * Y or B : Polar
- * Z : Independent linear
- *
- * For example, PolarBear has CoreXZ plus Polar Y or B.
- *
- * Motion problem for Polar axis near center / origin:
- *
- * 3D printing:
- * Movements very close to the center of the polar axis take more time than others.
- * This brief delay results in more material deposition due to the pressure in the nozzle.
- *
- * Current Kinematics and feedrate scaling deals with this by making the movement as fast
- * as possible. It works for slow movements but doesn't work well with fast ones. A more
- * complicated extrusion compensation must be implemented.
- *
- * Ideally, it should estimate that a long rotation near the center is ahead and will cause
- * unwanted deposition. Therefore it can compensate the extrusion beforehand.
- *
- * Laser cutting:
- * Same thing would be a problem for laser engraving too. As it spends time rotating at the
- * center point, more likely it will burn more material than it should. Therefore similar
- * compensation would be implemented for laser-cutting operations.
- *
- * Milling:
- * This shouldn't be a problem for cutting/milling operations.
- */
-//#define POLAR
-#if ENABLED(POLAR)
- #define DEFAULT_SEGMENTS_PER_SECOND 180 // If movement is choppy try lowering this value
- #define PRINTABLE_RADIUS 82.0f // (mm) Maximum travel of X axis
-
- // Movements fall inside POLAR_FAST_RADIUS are assigned the highest possible feedrate
- // to compensate unwanted deposition related to the near-origin motion problem.
- #define POLAR_FAST_RADIUS 3.0f // (mm)
-
- // Radius which is unreachable by the tool.
- // Needed if the tool is not perfectly aligned to the center of the polar axis.
- #define POLAR_CENTER_OFFSET 0.0f // (mm)
-
- #define FEEDRATE_SCALING // Convert XY feedrate from mm/s to degrees/s on the fly
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Articulated robot (arm). Joints are directly mapped to axes with no kinematics.
-//#define ARTICULATED_ROBOT_ARM
-
-// For a hot wire cutter with parallel horizontal axes (X, I) where the heights of the two wire
-// ends are controlled by parallel axes (Y, J). Joints are directly mapped to axes (no kinematics).
-//#define FOAMCUTTER_XYUV
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section endstops
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_IMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_JMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_KMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_UMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_VMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_WMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_IMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_JMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_KMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_UMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_VMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_WMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Endstop "Hit" State
- * Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
- */
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
-#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define J_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define K_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define K_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define U_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define U_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define V_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor in parallel with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-// Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves.
-//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (linear=steps/mm, rotational=steps/°)
- * Override with M92 (when enabled below)
- * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 160, 1600, 93 }
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 800, 93 }
-
-/**
- * Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
- */
-#define EDITABLE_STEPS_PER_UNIT
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 150, 5, 25 }
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 100, 5, 25 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
- #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 500, 400, 4000 }
-
-//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
-#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
- #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (speed change with time) (linear=mm/(s^2), rotational=°/(s^2))
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- * M204 I Angular Acceleration
- * M204 J Angular Travel Acceleration
- */
-
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z ... and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1500 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1500 // X, Y, Z ... acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-#if ENABLED(AXIS4_ROTATES)
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only printing moves
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // I, J, K acceleration for rotational-only travel (non printing) moves
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z . . . E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-//#define CLASSIC_JERK
-#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 12.0 // More conservative numbers.
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
- #define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
- //#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_KJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_UJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_VJERK 0.3
- //#define DEFAULT_WJERK 0.3
-
- //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves
-
- //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
- #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
- #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Junction Deviation Factor
- *
- * See:
- * https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
- * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
- */
-#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.017 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
- #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
- // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
-#endif
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z-MIN pin.
- * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
- * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
-//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
- *
- * Override this pin only if the probe cannot be connected to
- * the default Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN for the selected MOTHERBOARD.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - For simple switches...
- * - Normally-closed (NC) also connect to GND.
- * - Normally-open (NO) also connect to 5V.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive
- * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0
-#ifdef Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR
- //#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
- //#define Z_SERVO_MEASURE_ANGLE 45 // Use if the servo must move to a "free" position for measuring after deploy
- //#define Z_SERVO_INTERMEDIATE_STOW // Stow the probe between points
- //#define Z_SERVO_DEACTIVATE_AFTER_STOW // Deactivate the servo when probe is stowed
-#endif
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-#define BLTOUCH
-
-/**
- * MagLev V4 probe by MDD
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by powering a built-in electromagnet.
- */
-//#define MAGLEV4
-#if ENABLED(MAGLEV4)
- //#define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_PIN 11 // Set to the connected digital output
- #define MAGLEV_TRIGGER_DELAY 15 // Changing this risks overheating the coil
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
- *
- * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
- * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
- * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
- *
- * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
- * and a minimum Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING of 10.
- */
-//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
- #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
- //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
- //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Bed Distance Sensor
- *
- * Measures the distance from bed to nozzle with accuracy of 0.01mm.
- * For information about this sensor https://github.com/markniu/Bed_Distance_sensor
- * Uses I2C port, so it requires I2C library markyue/Panda_SoftMasterI2C.
- */
-//#define BD_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(BD_SENSOR)
- //#define BD_SENSOR_PROBE_NO_STOP // Probe bed without stopping at each probe point
-#endif
-
-/**
- * BIQU MicroProbe
- *
- * A lightweight, solenoid-driven probe.
- * For information about this sensor https://github.com/bigtreetech/MicroProbe
- *
- * Also requires: PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
- */
-//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V1 // Triggers HIGH
-//#define BIQU_MICROPROBE_V2 // Triggers LOW
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Magnetically Mounted Probe
- * For probes such as Euclid, Klicky, Klackender, etc.
- */
-//#define MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(MAG_MOUNTED_PROBE)
- #define PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe deploy speed
- #define PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min) Probe stow speed
-
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_1 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 30 } } // Move to side Dock & Attach probe
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_2 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 30 } } // Move probe off dock
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_3 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_4 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_DEPLOY_5 { PROBE_DEPLOY_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_1 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 20 } } // Move to dock
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_2 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 245, 114, 0 } } // Place probe beside remover
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_3 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 230, 114, 0 } } // Side move to remove probe
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_4 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 210, 114, 20 } } // Side move to remove probe
- #define MAG_MOUNTED_STOW_5 { PROBE_STOW_FEEDRATE, { 0, 0, 0 } } // Extra move if needed
-#endif
-
-// Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://docs.duet3d.com/en/Duet3D_hardware/Accessories/Smart_Effector
-// When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensitivity.
-//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR
-#if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR)
- #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- * Requires stallGuard-capable Trinamic stepper drivers.
- * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws.
- * Take extreme care when setting up this feature.
- */
-//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING
-
-/**
- * Allen key retractable z-probe as seen on many Kossel delta printers - https://reprap.org/wiki/Kossel#Autolevel_probe
- * Deploys by touching z-axis belt. Retracts by pushing the probe down.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
-#if ENABLED(Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY)
- // 2 or 3 sets of coordinates for deploying and retracting the spring loaded touch probe on G29,
- // if servo actuated touch probe is not defined. Uncomment as appropriate for your printer/probe.
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1 { 30.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2 { 0.0, PRINTABLE_RADIUS, 100.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3 { 0.0, (PRINTABLE_RADIUS) * 0.75, 100.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_DEPLOY_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1 { -64.0, 56.0, 23.0 } // Move the probe into position
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_1_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2 { -64.0, 56.0, 3.0 } // Push it down
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_2_FEEDRATE (XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE)/10
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3 { -64.0, 56.0, 50.0 } // Move it up to clear
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_3_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4 { 0.0, 0.0, 50.0 }
- #define Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY_STOW_4_FEEDRATE XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE
-
-#endif // Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY
-
-/**
- * Nozzle-to-Probe offsets { X, Y, Z }
- *
- * X and Y offset
- * Use a caliper or ruler to measure the distance from the tip of
- * the Nozzle to the center-point of the Probe in the X and Y axes.
- *
- * Z offset
- * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime.
- * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset.
- * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using
- * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES
- * to avoid collisions during probing.
- *
- * Tune and Adjust
- * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc.
- * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (Configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset.
- *
- * Assuming the typical work area orientation:
- * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset
- * - Probe to LEFT of the Nozzle has a Negative X offset
- * - Probe in BACK of the Nozzle has a Positive Y offset
- * - Probe in FRONT of the Nozzle has a Negative Y offset
- *
- * Some examples:
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, -1 } // Example "1"
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-10, 5, -1 } // Example "2"
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 5, -5, -1 } // Example "3"
- * #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET {-15,-10, -1 } // Example "4"
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | [+] |
- * L | 1 | R <-- Example "1" (right+, back+)
- * E | 2 | I <-- Example "2" ( left-, back+)
- * F |[-] N [+]| G <-- Nozzle
- * T | 3 | H <-- Example "3" (right+, front-)
- * | 4 | T <-- Example "4" ( left-, front-)
- * | [-] |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- */
-#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -3, 31, -1.25 }
-
-// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
-#define PROBING_TOOL 0
-#ifdef PROBING_TOOL
- //#define PROBE_TOOLCHANGE_NO_MOVE // Suppress motion on probe tool-change
-#endif
-
-// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
-// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
-#define PROBING_MARGIN 0
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (116*60)
-
-// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60)
-
-// Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2)
-
-/**
- * Probe Activation Switch
- * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical
- * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed.
- */
-//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH
-#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
- #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active
- //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Tare Probe (determine zero-point) prior to each probe.
- * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out
- * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage.
- */
-//#define PROBE_TARE
-#if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE)
- #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin
- #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before
- #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare
- //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin
- #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH)
- //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Probe Enable / Disable
- * The probe only provides a triggered signal when enabled.
- */
-//#define PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE
-#if ENABLED(PROBE_ENABLE_DISABLE)
- //#define PROBE_ENABLE_PIN -1 // Override the default pin here
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Multiple Probing
- *
- * You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
- * With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
- *
- * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
- * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
- */
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 7 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 7 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
-#define Z_PROBE_ERROR_TOLERANCE 3 // (mm) Tolerance for early trigger (<= -probe.offset.z + ZPET)
-#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 7 // (mm) Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // (mm) Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 provide ranges for adjusting the X, Y, and Z probe offsets
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMIN -50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMAX 50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMIN -50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMAX 50 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMIN -20 // (mm)
-//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm)
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
- //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_ESTEPPERS_OFF // Turn all extruder steppers off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn all steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing (including extruders)
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing
-//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING
-#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING)
- #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
- #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50
-#endif
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-//#define I_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define J_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define K_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define U_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define V_ENABLE_ON 0
-//#define W_ENABLE_ON 0
-
-// Disable axis steppers immediately when they're not being stepped.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-//#define DISABLE_X
-//#define DISABLE_Y
-//#define DISABLE_Z
-//#define DISABLE_I
-//#define DISABLE_J
-//#define DISABLE_K
-//#define DISABLE_U
-//#define DISABLE_V
-//#define DISABLE_W
-
-// Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-//#define DISABLE_E // Disable the extruder when not stepping
-//#define DISABLE_OTHER_EXTRUDERS // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section motion
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_U_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_V_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E6_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E7_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety.
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
-
-/**
- * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled.
- * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed.
- * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle.
- */
-//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
-
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 8 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
-
-//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
-//#define XY_AFTER_HOMING { 10, 10 } // (mm) Move to an XY position after homing (and raising Z)
-
-//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_HOMING "M300 P440 S200" // Commands to run after G28 (and move to XY_AFTER_HOMING)
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define U_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define V_HOME_DIR -1
-//#define W_HOME_DIR -1
-
-/**
- * Safety Stops
- * If an axis has endstops on both ends the one specified above is used for
- * homing, while the other can be used for things like SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT.
- */
-//#define X_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define Y_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define Z_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define I_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define J_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define K_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define U_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define V_SAFETY_STOP
-//#define W_SAFETY_STOP
-
-// @section geometry
-
-// The size of the printable area
-#define X_BED_SIZE 400
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 400
-
-// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -42
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS 450
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#if ENABLED(tallVersion)
- #define Z_MAX_POS 700
-#else
- #define Z_MAX_POS 500
-#endif
-//#define I_MIN_POS 0
-//#define I_MAX_POS 50
-//#define J_MIN_POS 0
-//#define J_MAX_POS 50
-//#define K_MIN_POS 0
-//#define K_MAX_POS 50
-//#define U_MIN_POS 0
-//#define U_MAX_POS 50
-//#define V_MIN_POS 0
-//#define V_MAX_POS 50
-//#define W_MIN_POS 0
-//#define W_MAX_POS 50
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_I
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_J
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_K
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_U
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_V
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_W
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running.
- * Marlin knows a print job is running when:
- * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24.
- * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75.
- * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- */
-
-#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 2 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
-
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
- //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder.
- // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs.
-
- // Override individually if the runout sensors vary
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN
-
- // Commands to execute on filament runout.
- // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c")
- // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply.
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600 T%c"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
-
- #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR)
- //#define FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION
- #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_SWITCH_AND_MOTION)
- #define NUM_MOTION_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_MOTION#_PIN for each.
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_PIN -1
-
- // Override individually if the motion sensors vary
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION1_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION2_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION2_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION3_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION3_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION4_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION4_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION5_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION5_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION6_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION6_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION7_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION7_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define FIL_MOTION8_STATE LOW
- //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLUP
- //#define FIL_MOTION8_PULLDOWN
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "M280 P0 S90"
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of
- * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
- * leveling immediately after G28.
- */
-#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Auto-leveling needs preheating
- */
-//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING
-#if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING)
- #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time
- #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of flash!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY)
- // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment
- #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- /**
- * Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- * at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- * The height can be set with M420 Z
- */
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
- #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT)
- #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height.
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add Z offset (M424 Z) that applies to all moves at the planner level.
- * This Z offset will be automatically set to the middle value with G29.
- */
- //#define GLOBAL_MESH_Z_OFFSET
-
- /**
- * For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- * split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- * contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- */
-//#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
-//#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves.
- #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves.
- #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 0 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 11 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points
-
- //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J for better Z reference
- //#define UBL_TILT_ON_MESH_POINTS_3POINT // Use nearest mesh points with G29 J0 (3-point)
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 0.0 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
- //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh
-
- /**
- * Probing not allowed within the position of an obstacle.
- */
- //#define AVOID_OBSTACLES
- #if ENABLED(AVOID_OBSTACLES)
- #define CLIP_W 23 // Bed clip width, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
- #define CLIP_H 14 // Bed clip height, should be padded a few mm over its physical size
-
- // Obstacle Rectangles defined as { X1, Y1, X2, Y2 }
- #define OBSTACLE1 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
- #define OBSTACLE2 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, 0, (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, CLIP_H }
- #define OBSTACLE3 { (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
- #define OBSTACLE4 { (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 - (CLIP_W) / 2, (Y_BED_SIZE) - (CLIP_H), (X_BED_SIZE) * 3 / 4 + (CLIP_W) / 2, Y_BED_SIZE }
-
- // The probed grid must be inset for G29 J. This is okay, since it is
- // only used to compute a linear transformation for the mesh itself.
- #define G29J_MESH_TILT_MARGIN ((CLIP_H) + 1)
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
- #define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
- #define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
- #define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
- //#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
- //#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
- #if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
- #define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
- #define BED_TRAMMING_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify
- //#define BED_TRAMMING_AUDIO_FEEDBACK
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Corner Leveling Order
- *
- * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge.
- *
- * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front
- * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back
- *
- * Examples:
- *
- * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF}
- * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB
- * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 |
- * | | | | | | | <3>|
- * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 |
- * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF
- */
- #define BED_TRAMMING_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB }
-#endif
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_I_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_J_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_K_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_U_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_V_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_W_HOME_POS 0
-
-/**
- * Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
- *
- * - Moves the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z homing.
- * - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
- * - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
- */
-#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // (mm) Y point for Z homing
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_POINT_ABSOLUTE // Ignore home offsets (M206) for Z homing position
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) }
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the XY skew factor directly:
- //#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the Z skew factors directly:
- //#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- //#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section eeprom
-
-/**
- * EEPROM
- *
- * Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
- *
- * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
- * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
- * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
- */
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
-#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
- //#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
-#endif
-
-// @section host
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 5 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-// @section units
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//
-// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
-//
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { 100, (Y_MIN_POS + 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_MOVE 0 // Park motion: 0 = XY Move, 1 = X Only, 2 = Y Only, 3 = X before Y, 4 = Y before X
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_LINE // Provide 'G12 P0' - a simple linear cleaning pattern
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG // Provide 'G12 P1' - a zigzag cleaning pattern
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE // Provide 'G12 P2' - a circular cleaning pattern
-
- // Default pattern to use when 'P' is not provided to G12. One of the enabled options above.
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_DEFAULT_PATTERN 0
-
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 // Default number of pattern repetitions
-
- #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_ZIGZAG)
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 // Default number of triangles
- #endif
-
- // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } }
- // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } }
-
- #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_PATTERN_CIRCLE)
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 // (mm) Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 // Circular pattern circle number of segments
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT // Middle point of circle
- #endif
-
- // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-
- // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
-
- // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y
-
- // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170
- //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe
-
- // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments.
- //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section host
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M140/M190/M141/M191.
- * The print job timer will only be stopped if the bed/chamber target temp is
- * below BED_MINTEMP/CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M140 (bed, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- * M141 (chamber, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M191 (chamber, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * For M104/M109, high temp is anything over EXTRUDE_MINTEMP / 2.
- * For M140/M190, high temp is anything over BED_MINTEMP.
- * For M141/M191, high temp is anything over CHAMBER_MINTEMP.
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-// @section stats
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-#define PRINTCOUNTER
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
-#endif
-
-// @section security
-
-/**
- * Password
- *
- * Set a numerical password for the printer which can be requested:
- *
- * - When the printer boots up
- * - Upon opening the 'Print from Media' Menu
- * - When SD printing is completed or aborted
- *
- * The following G-codes can be used:
- *
- * M510 - Lock Printer. Blocks all commands except M511.
- * M511 - Unlock Printer.
- * M512 - Set, Change and Remove Password.
- *
- * If you forget the password and get locked out you'll need to re-flash
- * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally)
- * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled.
- */
-//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE)
- #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended
- #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP
- #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack.
- #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S.
- //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent G-codes from running
- //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END
- //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT
- //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section interface
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_CY, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it,
- * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek (Greece)', 'el_CY':'Greek (Cyprus)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Průša, 2:CNC)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Průša', 2:'CNC']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- */
-
-#if DISABLED(ICSP_PORT_SWITCHES) // If ICSP_PORT is in use, those pins now are filament runout sensors
- #define SDSUPPORT // instead of being used by the SD Memory card socket
-#endif
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Encoder EMI Noise Filter
-//
-// This option increases encoder samples to filter out phantom encoder clicks caused by EMI noise.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_NOISE_FILTER)
- #define ENCODER_SAMPLES 10
-#endif
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//
-// Tone queue size, used to keep beeps from blocking execution.
-// Default is 4, or override here. Costs 4 bytes of SRAM per entry.
-//
-//#define TONE_QUEUE_LENGTH 4
-
-//
-// A sequence of tones to play at startup, in pairs of tone (Hz), duration (ms).
-// Silence in-between tones.
-//
-//#define STARTUP_TUNE { 698, 300, 0, 50, 523, 50, 0, 25, 494, 50, 0, 25, 523, 100, 0, 50, 554, 300, 0, 100, 523, 300 }
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section lcd
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display
-//
-// Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and
-// Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library.
-//
-//#define YHCB2004
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// https://web.archive.org/web/20200719145306/http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// https://web.archive.org/web/20140823033947/http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require LiquidCrystal_I2C library:
-// https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/New-LiquidCrystal
-// https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://github.com/fmalpartida/New-LiquidCrystal/wiki/schematics#user-content-ShiftRegister_connection
-// LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//
-// TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI
-// Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface.
-// See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter
-//
-//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI
-//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-// NOTE: If the LCD is unresponsive you may need to reverse the plugs.
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller
-//
-//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/electronics/3d-printer-modules/autonomous-printing/graphical-lcd-screen-v1-0/
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// https://www.panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// Alfawise Ex8 printer LCD marked as WYH L12864 COG
-//
-//#define WYH_L12864
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// https://web.archive.org/web/20180605050442/http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 V3 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864_V3
-
-//
-// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout.
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html
-//
-//#define MKS_LCD12864A
-//#define MKS_LCD12864B
-
-//
-// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
-// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
-//
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight
-//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight.
-
-//
-// BigTreeTech Mini 12864 V1.0 / V2.0 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
-// https://github.com/bigtreetech/MINI-12864
-//
-//#define BTT_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// BEEZ MINI 12864 is an alias for FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1. Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight.
-//
-//#define BEEZ_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10 / CR-7 / Ender-3
-// https://marlinfw.org/docs/hardware/controllers.html#cr10_stockdisplay
-//
-// Connect to EXP1 on RAMPS and compatible boards.
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on Anet A6
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// GUCOCO CTC 128×64 Full Graphics Controller as used on GUCOCO CTC A10S
-//
-//#define CTC_A10S_A13
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// https://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// eMotion Tech LCD with SD
-// https://www.reprap-france.com/produit/1234568748-ecran-graphique-128-x-64-points-2-1
-//
-//#define EMOTION_TECH_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- #define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- //#define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
-// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller
-//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
-
-//
-// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
-//
-//#define OVERLORD_OLED
-
-//
-// FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB
-// Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html
-//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller
-
-//
-// K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller
-//
-//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-/**
- * DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS. (Choose one.)
- *
- * ORIGIN (Marlin DWIN_SET)
- * - Download https://github.com/coldtobi/Marlin_DGUS_Resources
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html
- *
- * FYSETC (Supplier default)
- * - Download https://github.com/FYSETC/FYSTLCD-2.0
- * - Copy the downloaded SCREEN folder to the SD card.
- * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html
- *
- * HIPRECY (Supplier default)
- * - Download https://github.com/HiPrecy/Touch-Lcd-LEO
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * MKS (MKS-H43) (Supplier default)
- * - Download https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-H43
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- * - Product: https://www.aliexpress.com/item/1005002008179262.html
- *
- * RELOADED (T5UID1)
- * - Download https://github.com/Neo2003/DGUS-reloaded/releases
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * IA_CREALITY (T5UID1)
- * - Download https://github.com/InsanityAutomation/Marlin/raw/CrealityDwin_2.0/TM3D_Combined480272_Landscape_V7.7z
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * E3S1PRO (T5L)
- * - Download https://github.com/CrealityOfficial/Ender-3S1/archive/3S1_Plus_Screen.zip
- * - Copy the downloaded DWIN_SET folder to the SD card.
- *
- * CREALITY_TOUCH
- * - CR-6 OEM touch screen. A DWIN display with touch.
- *
- * Flash display with DGUS Displays for Marlin:
- * - Format the SD card to FAT32 with an allocation size of 4kb.
- * - Download files as specified for your type of display.
- * - Plug the microSD card into the back of the display.
- * - Boot the display and wait for the update to complete.
- *
- * :[ 'ORIGIN', 'FYSETC', 'HYPRECY', 'MKS', 'RELOADED', 'IA_CREALITY', 'E3S1PRO', 'CREALITY_TOUCH' ]
- */
-//#define DGUS_LCD_UI ORIGIN
-#if DGUS_UI_IS(MKS)
- #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI
-#elif DGUS_UI_IS(IA_CREALITY)
- //#define LCD_SCREEN_ROTATE 90 // Portrait Mode or 800x480 displays
- //#define IA_CREALITY_BOOT_DELAY 1500 // (ms)
-#endif
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
-// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
-//
-//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Chiron
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic i3 Mega
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA
-#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA)
- //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_GCODE_EXT // Add ".gcode" to menu entries for DGUS clone compatibility
-#endif
-
-//
-// Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic Vyper
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER
-
-//
-// 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028
-//
-//#define NEXTION_TFT
-
-//
-// PanelDue touch controller by Escher3D
-// http://escher3d.com/pages/order/products/product2.php
-//
-//#define PANELDUE
-
-//
-// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
-// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'.
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-#if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI)
- //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-/**
- * Specific TFT Model Presets. Enable one of the following options
- * or enable TFT_GENERIC and set sub-options.
- */
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display with Rotary Encoder from MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3
-// https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-TFT-Hardware/tree/master/MKS%20TS35
-//
-//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28
-
-//
-// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
-
-//
-// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43
-
-//
-// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
-// Usually paired with MKS Robin
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from Tronxy
-//
-//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic
-//
-//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise
-//
-//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28
-
-//
-// 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4
-//
-//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5
-//
-//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35
-
-//
-// 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU BX
-// https://github.com/bigtreetech/BIQU-BX/tree/master/Hardware
-//
-//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70
-
-//
-// 480x320, 3.5", SPI Stock Display with Rotary Encoder from BIQU B1 SE Series
-// https://github.com/bigtreetech/TFT35-SPI/tree/master/v1
-//
-//#define BTT_TFT35_SPI_V1_0
-
-//
-// Generic TFT with detailed options
-//
-//#define TFT_GENERIC
-#if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC)
- // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ]
- #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
-
- // Interface. Enable one of the following options:
- //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
- //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
-
- // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
- //#define TFT_RES_320x240
- //#define TFT_RES_480x272
- //#define TFT_RES_480x320
- //#define TFT_RES_1024x600
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options:
- *
- * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled
- * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities
- * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL
- *
- * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the
- * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
- */
-//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
-//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
-//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
-
-#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
- /**
- * TFT Font for Color_UI. Choose one of the following:
- *
- * NOTOSANS - Default font with anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
- * UNIFONT - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Latin Extended and non-Latin characters.
- * HELVETICA - Lightweight font, no anti-aliasing. Supports Basic Latin (0x0020-0x007F) and Latin-1 Supplement (0x0080-0x00FF) characters only.
- */
- #define TFT_FONT NOTOSANS
-
- /**
- * TFT Theme for Color_UI. Choose one of the following or add a new one to 'Marlin/src/lcd/tft/themes' directory
- *
- * BLUE_MARLIN - Default theme with 'midnight blue' background
- * BLACK_MARLIN - Theme with 'black' background
- * ANET_BLACK - Theme used for Anet ET4/5
- */
- #define TFT_THEME BLACK_MARLIN
-
- //#define TFT_SHARED_IO // I/O is shared between TFT display and other devices. Disable async data transfer.
-
- #define COMPACT_MARLIN_BOOT_LOGO // Use compressed data to save Flash space
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI)
- //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module
-#endif
-
-/**
- * TFT Rotation. Set to one of the following values:
- *
- * TFT_ROTATE_90, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y,
- * TFT_ROTATE_180, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y,
- * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y,
- * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION
- */
-//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder.
-//
-//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // Creality UI
-//#define DWIN_LCD_PROUI // Pro UI by MRiscoC
-//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD_JYERSUI // Jyers UI by Jacob Myers
-//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_PORTRAIT // MarlinUI (portrait orientation)
-//#define DWIN_MARLINUI_LANDSCAPE // MarlinUI (landscape orientation)
-
-//
-// Touch Screen Settings
-//
-//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
- #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
-
- #if ANY(TFT_CLASSIC_UI, TFT_COLOR_UI)
- //#define NO_BACK_MENU_ITEM // Don't display a top menu item to go back to the parent menu
- #endif
-
- #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
-
- //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
- //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
- //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
- //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
- //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
-
- #if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
- //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
-
-//
-// EasyThreeD ET-4000+ with button input and status LED
-//
-//#define EASYTHREED_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section fans
-
-// Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans.
-// :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8]
-//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// @section lights
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For NeoPixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * === CAUTION ===
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- *
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The NeoPixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- *
- * Requires PWM frequency between 50 <> 100Hz (Check HAL or variant)
- * Use FAST_PWM_FAN, if possible, to reduce fan noise.
- */
-
-// LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options:
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632)
- //#define RGB_STARTUP_TEST // For PWM pins, fade between all colors
- #if ENABLED(RGB_STARTUP_TEST)
- #define RGB_STARTUP_TEST_INNER_MS 10 // (ms) Reduce or increase fading speed
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW, NEO_RGBW, NEO_GRB, NEO_RBG, etc.
- // See https://github.com/adafruit/Adafruit_NeoPixel/blob/master/Adafruit_NeoPixel.h
- //#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.)
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-
- // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ...
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE
- #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE)
- #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip
- #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
- #define NEOPIXEL_M150_DEFAULT -1 // Default strip for M150 without 'S'. Use -1 to set all by default.
- #else
- //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel
- #endif
-
- // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_TIMEOUT_COLOR { 25, 25, 25, 0 } // R, G, B, W
- //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-// @section servos
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Set to 0 to turn off servo support.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Note: Servo index starts with 0 for M280-M282 commands
-
-// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
-
-// Disable servo with M282 to reduce power consumption, noise, and heat when not in use
-//#define SERVO_DETACH_GCODE
-
-#ifdef ROXYs_TRex
- #define LED_PIN -1
- #define BEEPER_PIN -1
- #define KILL_PIN -1
-#endif
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ddb1c5b216..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4573 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 02010300
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * Configuration Export
- *
- * Export the configuration as part of the build. (See signature.py)
- * Output files are saved with the build (e.g., .pio/build/mega2560).
- *
- * See `build_all_examples --ini` as an example of config.ini archiving.
- *
- * 1 = marlin_config.json - Dictionary containing the configuration.
- * This file is also generated for CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING.
- * 2 = config.ini - File format for PlatformIO preprocessing.
- * 3 = schema.json - The entire configuration schema. (13 = pattern groups)
- * 4 = schema.yml - The entire configuration schema.
- */
-//#define CONFIG_EXPORT 2 // :[1:'JSON', 2:'config.ini', 3:'schema.json', 4:'schema.yml']
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section temperature
-
-/**
- * Thermocouple sensors are quite sensitive to noise. Any noise induced in
- * the sensor wires, such as by stepper motor wires run in parallel to them,
- * may result in the thermocouple sensor reporting spurious errors. This
- * value is the number of errors which can occur in a row before the error
- * is reported. This allows us to ignore intermittent error conditions while
- * still detecting an actual failure, which should result in a continuous
- * stream of errors from the sensor.
- *
- * Set this value to 0 to fail on the first error to occur.
- */
-#define THERMOCOUPLE_MAX_ERRORS 15
-
-//
-// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
- #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND0_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
- #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND1_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
- #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND2_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
- #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND3_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
- #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND4_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
- #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND5_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000
- #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND6_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000
- #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define HOTEND7_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
- #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define BED_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
- #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define CHAMBER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000
- #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define COOLER_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000
- #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define PROBE_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD == 1000
- #define BOARD_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define BOARD_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define BOARD_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define BOARD_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT == 1000
- #define REDUNDANT_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
- #define REDUNDANT_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
- #define REDUNDANT_BETA 3950 // Beta value
- #define REDUNDANT_SH_C_COEFF 0 // Steinhart-Hart C coefficient
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermocouple Options — for MAX6675 (-2), MAX31855 (-3), and MAX31865 (-5).
- */
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_FORCE_HW_SPI // Ignore SCK/MOSI/MISO pins; use CS and the default SPI bus.
-//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_0 2 // (2-4) Number of wires for the probe connected to a MAX31865 board.
-//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_1 2
-//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_WIRES_2 2
-
-//#define MAX31865_50HZ_FILTER // Use a 50Hz filter instead of the default 60Hz.
-//#define MAX31865_USE_READ_ERROR_DETECTION // Treat value spikes (20°C delta in under 1s) as read errors.
-
-//#define MAX31865_USE_AUTO_MODE // Read faster and more often than 1-shot; bias voltage always on; slight effect on RTD temperature.
-//#define MAX31865_MIN_SAMPLING_TIME_MSEC 100 // (ms) 1-shot: minimum read interval. Reduces bias voltage effects by leaving sensor unpowered for longer intervals.
-//#define MAX31865_IGNORE_INITIAL_FAULTY_READS 10 // Ignore some read faults (keeping the temperature reading) to work around a possible issue (#23439).
-
-//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_0 0.95f // For 2-wire, set the wire resistances for more accurate readings.
-//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_1 0.0f
-//#define MAX31865_WIRE_OHMS_2 0.0f
-
-/**
- * Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
- * https://www.en3dstudios.com/product/bq-hephestos-2-heated-bed-kit/
- */
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-//
-// Heated Bed Bang-Bang options
-//
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Heated Chamber options
-//
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
- #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
- //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
- //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug)
-
- //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber
- #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN)
- //#define CHAMBER_FAN_INDEX 2 // Index of a fan to repurpose as the chamber fan. (Default: first unused fan)
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on.
- #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255)
- #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
- #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255)
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target
- #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255)
- #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber
- #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT)
- #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo
- #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber
- #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3
- #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20
- #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Laser Cooler options
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER
- #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
- #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C)
- #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C)
- #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
- #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element (e.g., TEC, External chiller via relay)
- #define COOLER_INVERTING false
- #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required.
- #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc.
- #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g.
- #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN)
- #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target
- #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Motherboard Sensor options
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BOARD // Halt the printer if the board sensor leaves the temp range below.
- #define BOARD_MINTEMP 8 // (°C)
- #define BOARD_MAXTEMP 70 // (°C)
- //#define TEMP_BOARD_PIN -1 // Board temp sensor pin override.
-#endif
-
-//
-// SoC Sensor options
-//
-#if TEMP_SENSOR_SOC
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_SOC // Halt the printer if the SoC sensor leaves the temp range below.
- #define SOC_MAXTEMP 85 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // (°C)
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow down the part-cooling fan if the temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
- //#define REPORT_ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Report fan slowing activity to the console
- #if ANY(MPCTEMP, PIDTEMP)
- //#define TEMP_TUNING_MAINTAIN_FAN // Don't slow down the fan speed during M303 or M306 T
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
-
- /**
- * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
- */
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // (seconds)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C)
-
- /**
- * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193).
- */
- #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
- #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // (°C)
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS, THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED, THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER, THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER)
- /**
- * Thermal Protection Variance Monitor - EXPERIMENTAL
- * Kill the machine on a stuck temperature sensor.
- *
- * This feature may cause some thermally-stable systems to halt. Be sure to test it thoroughly under
- * a variety of conditions. Disable if you get false positives.
- *
- * This feature ensures that temperature sensors are updating regularly. If sensors die or get "stuck",
- * or if Marlin stops reading them, temperatures will remain constant while heaters may still be powered!
- * This feature only monitors temperature changes so it should catch any issue, hardware or software.
- *
- * By default it uses the THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constants (above) for the time window, within which
- * at least one temperature change must occur, to indicate that sensor polling is working. If any monitored
- * heater's temperature remains totally constant (without even a fractional change) during this period, a
- * thermal malfunction error occurs and the printer is halted.
- *
- * A very stable heater might produce a false positive and halt the printer. In this case, try increasing
- * the corresponding THERMAL_PROTECTION_*_PERIOD constant a bit. Keep in mind that uncontrolled heating
- * shouldn't be allowed to persist for more than a minute or two.
- *
- * Be careful to distinguish false positives from real sensor issues before disabling this feature. If the
- * heater's temperature appears even slightly higher than expected after restarting, you may have a real
- * thermal malfunction. Check the temperature graph in your host for any unusual bumps.
- */
- //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR
- #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR)
- // Variance detection window to override the THERMAL_PROTECTION...PERIOD settings above.
- // Keep in mind that some heaters heat up faster than others.
- //#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_VARIANCE_MONITOR_PERIOD 30 // (s) Override all watch periods
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
- #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Add an additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
- * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
- * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
- * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
- *
- * Constant compensation (use only with fan speeds of 0% and 100%)
- * ---------------------------------------------------------------------
- * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
- * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
- * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
- *
- * Example:
- * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
- * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
- *
- * Fan-speed dependent compensation
- * --------------------------------
- * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
- * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
- * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
- * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
- * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
- * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
- * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
- * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
- * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
- */
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
- //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
- #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
- // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
- // Just figure out Kf at full speed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
- // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
-
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
-
- #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
-
- #else
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power-loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
- #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
- #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature Mode
- *
- * Dynamically adjust the hotend target temperature based on planned E moves.
- *
- * (Contrast with PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING, which tracks E movement and adjusts PID
- * behavior using an additional kC value.)
- *
- * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp.
- *
- * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B.
- * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL).
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 // Factor used to weight previous readings (0.0 < value < 1.0)
- #define AUTOTEMP_MIN 210
- #define AUTOTEMP_MAX 250
- #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR 0.1f
- // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here
- //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL
- #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL)
- #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
- #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature
- #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a MINTEMP error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * MINTEMP error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a MINTEMP error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-/**
- * The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
- * the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
- * hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
- * the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
- * This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
- */
-//#define PREHEAT_TIME_HOTEND_MS 0
-//#define PREHEAT_TIME_BED_MS 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder runout prevention.
- * If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
- * then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
- */
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Hotend Idle Timeout
- * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
- */
-//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
-#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
- #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-// @section fans
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan turns on automatically whenever any driver is enabled and turns
- * off (or reduces to idle speed) shortly after drivers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN2_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for second controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled.
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.)
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors
-
- // Use TEMP_SENSOR_BOARD as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_BOARD_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the board reaches this temperature
-
- // Use TEMP_SENSOR_SOC as a trigger for enabling the controller fan
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MIN_SOC_TEMP 40 // (°C) Turn on the fan if the SoC reaches this temperature
-
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings
- #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Fan Kickstart
- * When part cooling or controller fans first start, run at a speed that
- * gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
- * (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
- */
-#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_LINEAR // Set kickstart time linearly based on the speed, e.g., for 20% (51) it will be FAN_KICKSTART_TIME * 0.2.
- // Useful for quick speed up to low speed. Kickstart power must be set to 255.
-
-// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
-//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-#define FAN_MIN_PWM 64
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-/**
- * Fan Fast PWM
- *
- * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally
- * to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
- *
- * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
- * Set this to your desired frequency.
- * For AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
- * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz micro-controllers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz micro-controllers.
- * For non AVR, if left undefined this defaults to F = 1Khz.
- * This F value is only to protect the hardware from an absence of configuration
- * and not to complete it when users are not aware that the frequency must be specifically set to support the target board.
- *
- * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
- * Setting very high frequencies can damage your hardware.
- *
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
- * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
- * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5kHz, 31.4kHz (default), 7.8kHz, 3.92kHz, 1.95kHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
- * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1kHz, 39.2kHz (default), 9.77kHz, 4.9kHz, 2.44kHz, 1.22kHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
- * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
- * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
- * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
- */
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN // Increase the fan PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
- //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 // Define here to override the defaults below
- //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
- #ifndef FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY
- #ifdef __AVR__
- #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY ((F_CPU) / (2 * 255 * 1))
- #else
- #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 1000U
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Assign more PWM fans for part cooling, synchronized with Fan 0
- */
-//#define REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN 1 // Index of the first fan to synchronize with Fan 0
-#ifdef REDUNDANT_PART_COOLING_FAN
- //#define NUM_REDUNDANT_FANS 1 // Number of sequential fans to synchronize with Fan 0
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E6_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E7_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18
-#define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
-
-/**
- * Hotend Cooling Fans tachometers
- *
- * Define one or more tachometer pins to enable fan speed
- * monitoring, and reporting of fan speeds with M123.
- *
- * NOTE: Only works with fans up to 7000 RPM.
- */
-//#define FOURWIRES_FANS // Needed with AUTO_FAN when 4-wire PWM fans are installed
-//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E0_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E1_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E2_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E3_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E4_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E5_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E6_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PIN -1
-//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLUP
-//#define E7_FAN_TACHO_PULLDOWN
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * @section caselight
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Now set in appropriate pins file
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #ifdef ROXYs_TRex
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- #else
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- #endif
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
- #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light
- #endif
- #if ANY(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light
- #endif
- #if ANY(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section endstops
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// @section idex
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- *
- * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S:
- *
- * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
- * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
- *
- * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
- * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- *
- * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
- * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
- * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
- *
- * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
- * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
- * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
- * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
- */
-#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // A max coordinate so the X1 carriage can't hit the parked X2 carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // A min coordinate so the X2 carriage can't hit the parked X1 carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 438 // The max position of the X2 carriage, typically also the home position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
- // NOTE: For Dual X Carriage use M218 T1 Xn to override the X2_HOME_POS.
- // This allows recalibration of endstops distance without a rebuild.
- // Remember to set the second extruder's X-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be changed later using M605 S.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200
-
- // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode.
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X"
-#endif
-
-// @section multi stepper
-
-/**
- * Multi-Stepper / Multi-Endstop
- *
- * When X2_DRIVER_TYPE is defined, this indicates that the X and X2 motors work in tandem.
- * The following explanations for X also apply to Y and Z multi-stepper setups.
- * Endstop offsets may be changed by 'M666 X Y Z' and stored to EEPROM.
- *
- * - Enable INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR if the X2 motor requires an opposite DIR signal from X.
- *
- * - Enable X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS if the second motor has its own endstop, with adjustable offset.
- *
- * - Extra endstops are included in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * - Set X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to the known error in the X2 endstop.
- * Applied to the X2 motor on 'G28' / 'G28 X'.
- * Get the offset by homing X and measuring the error.
- * Also set with 'M666 X' and stored to EEPROM with 'M500'.
- *
- * - Define the extra endstop pins here to override defaults. No auto-assignment.
- */
-#if HAS_X2_STEPPER && DISABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
- #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_Y2_STEPPER
- //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
- #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Multi-Z steppers
-//
-#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
- //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z
-
- //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
- #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
- #endif
- #ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
- //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
- #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
- #endif
- #endif
- #ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
- //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
- #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
- #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Drive the E axis with two synchronized steppers
-//#define E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(E_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define INVERT_E1_VS_E0_DIR // E direction signals are opposites
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-/**
- * Homing Procedure
- * Homing (G28) does an indefinite move towards the endstops to establish
- * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace.
- */
-
-//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing
-
-#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-
-//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
-//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
-
-#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
-//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
-
-// @section bltouch
-
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- /**
- * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
- * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
- * advanced commands.
- *
- * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the
- * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
- *
- * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
- * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
- * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
- *
- * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
- */
-
- // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
- // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
- */
-
- // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
- // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
-
- /**
- * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
- * Summary:
- * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
- * - High-Speed mode
- * - Disable LCD voltage options
- */
-
- /**
- * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
- * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
- * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
- * On startup, Marlin will compare its EEPROM to this value. If the selected mode
- * differs, a mode set EEPROM write will be completed at initialization.
- * Use the option below to force an EEPROM write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
-
- // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
- //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
-
- /**
- * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
- * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
- * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
- * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
-
- /**
- * Enable "HIGH SPEED" option for probing.
- * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
- * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians
- * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM.
- *
- * Set the default state here, change with 'M401 S' or UI, use M500 to save, M502 to reset.
- */
- //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE true
-
- #ifdef BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
- // The probe Z offset (M851 Z) is the height at which the probe triggers.
- // This must be large enough to keep the probe pin off the bed and prevent
- // it from snagging on the bed clips.
- #define BLTOUCH_HS_EXTRA_CLEARANCE 7 // Extra Z Clearance
- #endif
-
-#endif // BLTOUCH
-
-// @section calibration
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- /**
- * Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
- * These positions are machine-relative and do not shift with the M206 home offset!
- * If not defined, probe limits will be used.
- * Override with 'M422 S X Y'.
- */
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
-
- /**
- * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
- * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y'
- *
- * 2 Steppers: (0) (1)
- * | | 2 |
- * | 1 2 | |
- * | | 1 |
- *
- * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 |
- * | | 3 | | 3 |
- * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 |
- *
- * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3)
- * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 |
- * | | | | |
- * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
- */
- #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
- //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Z Stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
- * Requires 3 or 4 Z steppers.
- *
- * Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3... corresponding to the screw
- * positions in the bed carriage, with one position per Z stepper in stepper
- * driver order.
- */
- //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
-
- #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY
- // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case
- // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point.
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability!
- #endif
-
- // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
- #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done?
- // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights?
- // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed.
- #define HOME_AFTER_G34
-#endif
-
-//
-// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
-//
-//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
-#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
-
- // Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }
-
- // Define position names for probe points.
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right"
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right"
- #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
-
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
-
- //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
-
- //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment
-
- /**
- * Screw thread:
- * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise
- * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise
- * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise
- */
- #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30
-
-#endif
-
-// @section motion control
-
-/**
- * Fixed-time-based Motion Control -- EXPERIMENTAL
- * Enable/disable and set parameters with G-code M493.
- */
-//#define FT_MOTION
-#if ENABLED(FT_MOTION)
- #define FTM_DEFAULT_MODE ftMotionMode_DISABLED // Default mode of fixed time control. (Enums in ft_types.h)
- #define FTM_DEFAULT_DYNFREQ_MODE dynFreqMode_DISABLED // Default mode of dynamic frequency calculation. (Enums in ft_types.h)
- #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_X_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
- #define FTM_SHAPING_DEFAULT_Y_FREQ 37.0f // (Hz) Default peak frequency used by input shapers
- #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_ENA false // Default linear advance enable (true) or disable (false)
- #define FTM_LINEAR_ADV_DEFAULT_K 0.0f // Default linear advance gain
- #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for X axis
- #define FTM_SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.1f // Zeta used by input shapers for Y axis
-
- #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_X 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for X axis
- #define FTM_SHAPING_V_TOL_Y 0.05f // Vibration tolerance used by EI input shapers for Y axis
-
- //#define FT_MOTION_MENU // Provide a MarlinUI menu to set M493 parameters
-
- /**
- * Advanced configuration
- */
- #define FTM_UNIFIED_BWS // DON'T DISABLE unless you use Ulendo FBS (not implemented)
- #if ENABLED(FTM_UNIFIED_BWS)
- #define FTM_BW_SIZE 100 // Unified Window and Batch size with a ratio of 2
- #else
- #define FTM_WINDOW_SIZE 200 // Custom Window size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
- #define FTM_BATCH_SIZE 100 // Custom Batch size for trajectory generation needed by Ulendo FBS
- #endif
-
- #define FTM_FS 1000 // (Hz) Frequency for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_TS)
- #define FTM_TS 0.001f // (s) Time step for trajectory generation. (Reciprocal of FTM_FS)
-
- // These values may be configured to adjust the duration of loop().
- #define FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP 60 // Number of stepper commands to generate each loop()
- #define FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP 100 // Number of trajectory points to generate each loop()
-
- #if DISABLED(COREXY)
- #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 20000 // (Hz) Frequency for stepper I/O update
-
- // Use this to adjust the time required to consume the command buffer.
- // Try increasing this value if stepper motion is choppy.
- #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 3000 // Size of the stepper command buffers
- // (FTM_STEPS_PER_LOOP * FTM_POINTS_PER_LOOP) is a good start
- // If you run out of memory, fall back to 3000 and increase progressively
- #else
- // CoreXY motion needs a larger buffer size. These values are based on our testing.
- #define FTM_STEPPER_FS 30000
- #define FTM_STEPPERCMD_BUFF_SIZE 6000
- #endif
-
- #define FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME (FTM_STEPPER_FS / FTM_FS) // Interpolated stepper commands per unit time
- #define FTM_CTS_COMPARE_VAL (FTM_STEPS_PER_UNIT_TIME / 2) // Comparison value used in interpolation algorithm
- #define FTM_MIN_TICKS ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / (FTM_STEPPER_FS)) // Minimum stepper ticks between steps
-
- #define FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ 10 // Minimum shaping frequency
- #define FTM_RATIO (FTM_FS / FTM_MIN_SHAPE_FREQ) // Factor for use in FTM_ZMAX. DON'T CHANGE.
- #define FTM_ZMAX (FTM_RATIO * 2) // Maximum delays for shaping functions (even numbers only!)
- // Calculate as:
- // ZV : FTM_RATIO / 2
- // ZVD, MZV : FTM_RATIO
- // 2HEI : FTM_RATIO * 3 / 2
- // 3HEI : FTM_RATIO * 2
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Input Shaping -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Zero Vibration (ZV) Input Shaping for X and/or Y movements.
- *
- * This option uses a lot of SRAM for the step buffer. The buffer size is
- * calculated automatically from SHAPING_FREQ_[XYZ], DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT,
- * DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE and ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING. The default calculation can
- * be overridden by setting SHAPING_MIN_FREQ and/or SHAPING_MAX_FEEDRATE.
- * The higher the frequency and the lower the feedrate, the smaller the buffer.
- * If the buffer is too small at runtime, input shaping will have reduced
- * effectiveness during high speed movements.
- *
- * Tune with M593 D F
- */
-//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
-//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
-//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Z
-#if ANY(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y, INPUT_SHAPING_Z)
- #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)
- #define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
- #define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15 // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
- #endif
- #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
- #define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
- #define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15 // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
- #endif
- #if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Z)
- #define SHAPING_FREQ_Z 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Z axis.
- #define SHAPING_ZETA_Z 0.15 // Damping ratio of the Z axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
- #endif
- //#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20.0 // (Hz) By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.
- //#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.
- //#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
-
-// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
-//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
-
-// By default stepper drivers require an active-HIGH signal but some high-power drivers require an active-LOW signal to step.
-#define STEP_STATE_X HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_Y HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_Z HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_I HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_J HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_K HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_U HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_V HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_W HIGH
-#define STEP_STATE_E HIGH
-
-/**
- * Idle Stepper Shutdown
- * Enable DISABLE_IDLE_* to shut down axis steppers after an idle period.
- * The default timeout duration can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout.
- */
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_TIMEOUT_SEC 600
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_X
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_Y
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_Z // Disable if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part!
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_I
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_J
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_K
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_U
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_V
-//#define DISABLE_IDLE_W
-#define DISABLE_IDLE_E // Shut down all idle extruders
-
-// Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S.
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T.
-#if HAS_ROTATIONAL_AXES
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 P.
- #define DEFAULT_ANGULAR_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (°/s) Minimum travel feedrate for rotational-only moves. Set with M205 Q.
-#endif
-
-// Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B.
-
-// Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full.
-// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
-#define SLOWDOWN
-#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
- #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
-#endif
-
-/**
- * XY Frequency limit
- * Reduce resonance by limiting the frequency of small zigzag infill moves.
- * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html
- * Use M201 F S to change limits at runtime.
- */
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F.
-#ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT
- #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (%) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 S.
-#endif
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) One value for each linear axis
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics
- //#define CORE_BACKLASH
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position, and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..."
- //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved"
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes flash).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_IMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_JMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_KMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_UMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_VMAX
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_WMAX
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screw head or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define the pin to read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Multi-stepping sends steps in bursts to reduce MCU usage for high step-rates.
- * This allows higher feedrates than the MCU could otherwise support.
- */
-#define MULTISTEPPING_LIMIT 16 //: [1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128]
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.)
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-/**
- * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
- */
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451
-#if ANY(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451)
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5
-
- // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
- // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
- //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents)
-
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
- #if IS_ULTIPANEL
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
- //#define ULTIPANEL_FLOWPERCENT // Encoder sets the flow percentage on the Status Screen
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
- //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD // Add a Probe Z Offset calibration option to the LCD menu
- #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
- /**
- * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
- * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
- * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
- */
- //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0
-
- // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
- //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
-
- #if HAS_BED_PROBE
- // Add calibration in the Probe Offsets menu to compensate for X-axis twist.
- //#define X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION
- #if ENABLED(X_AXIS_TWIST_COMPENSATION)
- /**
- * Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
- * Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
- * For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
- */
- #define XATC_START_Z 0.0
- #define XATC_MAX_POINTS 3 // Number of points to probe in the wizard
- #define XATC_Y_POSITION Y_CENTER // (mm) Y position to probe
- #define XATC_Z_OFFSETS { 0, 0, 0 } // Z offsets for X axis sample points
- #endif
-
- // Show Deploy / Stow Probe options in the Motion menu.
- #define PROBE_DEPLOY_STOW_MENU
- #endif
-
- // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
- #define LCD_INFO_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
- //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
- #endif
-
- /**
- * MarlinUI "Move Axis" menu distances. Comma-separated list.
- * Values are displayed as-defined, so always use plain numbers here.
- * Axis moves <= 1/2 the axis length and Extruder moves <= EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH
- * will be shown in the move submenus.
- */
-
- #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_MM 500, 100, 50, 10, 1.0, 0.1 // (mm)
-
- // Manual move distances for INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
- #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
- //#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_IN 5.000, 1.000, 0.500, 0.100, 0.010, 0.001 // (in)
-
- // Manual move distances for rotational axes
- #define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_DEG 90, 45, 22.5, 5, 1 // (°)
-
- // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
- //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
-
- // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access
- //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM
-
- // Add Configuration > Debug Menu > Endstop Test for endstop/probe/runout testing
- //#define LCD_ENDSTOP_TEST
-
-#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_MENU
-
-#if HAS_DISPLAY
- /**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
- #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
- #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
- #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
- #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
- #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
- #endif
- #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
- //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of flash.
- #endif
- #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780)
- #define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
- #define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
- #endif
-
- //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
- #define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state
-
- #if HAS_WIRED_LCD
- //#define DOUBLE_LCD_FRAMERATE // Not recommended for slow boards.
- #endif
-
- // The timeout to return to the status screen from sub-menus
- #define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 // (ms)
-
- // Scroll a longer status message into view
- #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
- // Apply a timeout to low-priority status messages
- //#define STATUS_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_SEC 30 // (seconds)
-
- // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
- #define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
- // Show the E position (filament used) during printing
- //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
-
- // Display a negative temperature instead of "err"
- //#define SHOW_TEMPERATURE_BELOW_ZERO
-
- /**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
- //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
- #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
- #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_DISPLAY
-
-#if HAS_FEEDRATE_EDIT
- #define SPEED_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range minimum
- #define SPEED_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Feedrate percentage edit range maximum
-#endif
-#if HAS_FLOW_EDIT
- #define FLOW_EDIT_MIN 10 // (%) Flow percentage edit range minimum
- #define FLOW_EDIT_MAX 999 // (%) Flow percentage edit range maximum
-#endif
-
-// Add 'M73' to set print job progress, overrides Marlin's built-in estimate
-#define SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-#if ENABLED(SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- #define SET_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Add 'P' parameter to set percentage done
- //#define SET_REMAINING_TIME // Add 'R' parameter to set remaining time
- //#define SET_INTERACTION_TIME // Add 'C' parameter to set time until next filament change or other user interaction
- //#define M73_REPORT // Report M73 values to host
- #if ALL(M73_REPORT, HAS_MEDIA)
- #define M73_REPORT_SD_ONLY // Report only when printing from SD
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// LCD Print Progress options. Multiple times may be displayed in turn.
-#if HAS_DISPLAY && ANY(HAS_MEDIA, SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY)
- #define SHOW_PROGRESS_PERCENT // Show print progress percentage (doesn't affect progress bar)
- #define SHOW_ELAPSED_TIME // Display elapsed printing time (prefix 'E')
- //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion (prefix 'R')
- #if ENABLED(SET_INTERACTION_TIME)
- #define SHOW_INTERACTION_TIME // Display time until next user interaction ('C' = filament change)
- #endif
- //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show/report progress with decimal digits, not all UIs support this
-
- #if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL)
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_MEDIA
- /**
- * SD Card SPI Speed
- * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- *
- * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
- * otherwise full speed will be applied.
- *
- * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED']
- */
- //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-
- // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty.
- // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected.
- //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH
-
- //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up
- //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash)
-
- //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping
-
- #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
-
- //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
-
- //#define ONE_CLICK_PRINT // Prompt to print the newest file on inserted media
- //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted
-
- //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu
-
- #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G27" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
-
- #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS)
- #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
- //#define PLR_BED_THRESHOLD BED_MAXTEMP // (°C) Skip user confirmation at or above this bed temperature (0 to disable)
-
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power-loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module, or comment to use board default.
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power-loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN
-
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power-loss with UPS)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
-
- // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
- // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
- #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
-
- //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power-loss
- #if ENABLED(BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail
- #endif
-
- // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled!
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
- // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
- //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT
-
- #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 ' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol
- //#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands
-
- #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
-
- //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
-
- /**
- * Abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature is enabled with 'M540 S1' or from the LCD menu.
- * Endstops must be activated for this option to work.
- */
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
- #if ENABLED(SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT)
- //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_GCODE "G28XY" // G-code to run on endstop hit (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
- #endif
-
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file
-
- #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S'
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
- * SS --> SDSS
- *
- * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- /**
- * USB Host Shield Library
- *
- * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
- * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
- *
- * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
- * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
- * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
- */
- //#define USE_UHS2_USB
- //#define USE_UHS3_USB
-
- #define DISABLE_DUE_SD_MMC // Disable USB Host access to USB Drive to prevent hangs on block access for DUE platform
-
- /**
- * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG)
- */
- //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST
-
- #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable this option if you have more than ~3K of unused flash space.
- * Marlin will embed all settings in the firmware binary as compressed data.
- * Use 'M503 C' to write the settings out to the SD Card as 'mc.zip'.
- * See docs/ConfigEmbedding.md for details on how to use 'mc-apply.py'.
- */
- //#define CONFIGURATION_EMBEDDING
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
-
- #if ENABLED(BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER)
- // Include extra facilities (e.g., 'M20 F') supporting firmware upload via BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
- //#define CUSTOM_FIRMWARE_UPLOAD
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
- *
- * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
- * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board.
- * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
- *
- * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
- */
- //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
-
- // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender)
- //#define NO_SD_DETECT
-
- /**
- * Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL.
- * Adds 'M21 Pm' / 'M21 S' / 'M21 U' to mount SD Card / USB Drive.
- */
- //#define MULTI_VOLUME
- #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME)
- #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD
- #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
- #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD
- #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE
- #endif
-
-#endif // HAS_MEDIA
-
-/**
- * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
- */
-//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
- // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen
- //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of flash.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of flash.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if IS_U8GLIB_ST7920
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customization
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM for numbered hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
- //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active
- //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling
- //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
-
- // Only one STATUS_HEAT_* option can be enabled
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_POWER // Show heater output power as a vertical bar
-
- // Frivolous Game Options
- //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
- //#define MARLIN_INVADERS
- //#define MARLIN_SNAKE
- //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
-
-#endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB
-
-#if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB || IS_DWIN_MARLINUI
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
-#endif
-
-//
-// Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays
-//
-#if HAS_DGUS_LCD
- #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200
-
- #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
- #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR)
-
- #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates
-
- #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS, HIPRECY)
- #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing
- #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup
-
- #if DGUS_UI_IS(FYSETC, MKS)
- //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS
- #else
- #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD)
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10
- #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS
- #endif
-
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens
- #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING)
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10
- #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping
- #endif
-
- #elif DGUS_UI_IS(E3S1PRO)
- /**
- * The stock Ender-3 S1 Pro/Plus display firmware has rather poor SD file handling.
- *
- * The autoscroll is mainly useful for status messages, filenames, and the "About" page.
- *
- * NOTE: The Advanced SD Card option is affected by the stock touchscreen firmware, so
- * pages 5 and up will display "4/4". This may get fixed in a screen firmware update.
- */
- #define DGUS_SOFTWARE_AUTOSCROLL // Enable long text software auto-scroll
- #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_START_CYCLES 1 // Refresh cycles without scrolling at the beginning of text strings
- #define DGUS_AUTOSCROLL_END_CYCLES 1 // ... at the end of text strings
-
- #define DGUS_ADVANCED_SDCARD // Allow more than 20 files and navigating directories
- #define DGUS_USERCONFIRM // Reuse the SD Card page to show various messages
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD
-
-//
-// Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays
-//
-#if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON)
- // By default the type of panel is automatically detected.
- // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type.
- //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD
- //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW
-
- // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune
- //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE
-
- /**
- * Display Folders
- * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list.
- * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser.
- *
- * NOTES:
- * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders.
- * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names.
- * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders.
- */
- #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW
-#endif
-
-//
-// Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE.
-//
-#if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE, IS_DWIN_MARLINUI, ANYCUBIC_LCD_VYPER)
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
- #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2
- //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
-//
-#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
- // Display board used
- //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
- //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
- //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_LULZBOT_CLCD_UI // LulzBot Color LCD UI
- //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480)
- //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815
- //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813
-
- // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
- //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
- //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
-
- // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
- //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
- //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // LulzBot CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
- //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
- //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping
- //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping
-
- //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
- #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
- // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen
- #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
- #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
-
- // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
- #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
- #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
- // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
- // portrait and mirrored orientations.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
- //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
-
- // UTF8 processing and rendering.
- // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
- //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
- // Western accents support. These accented characters use
- // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
- #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
- #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
- // Additional character groups. These characters require
- // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
- #endif
-
- // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash
- //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET
- #endif
-
- // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
- #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
-
- // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
- // (recommended for smaller displays)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
-
- // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
-
- // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
- //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
-#endif
-
-//
-// Classic UI Options
-//
-#if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD
- //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
- //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
- //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
- //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
- //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
- //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Display Sleep
- * Enable this option to save energy and prevent OLED pixel burn-in.
- */
-//#define DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES 2 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the screen
-
-/**
- * LCD Backlight Timeout
- * Requires a display with a controllable backlight
- */
-//#define LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS 1 // (minutes) Timeout before turning off the backlight
-
-#if defined(DISPLAY_SLEEP_MINUTES) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT_MINS)
- #define EDITABLE_DISPLAY_TIMEOUT // Edit sleep / backlight timeout with M255 S and a menu item
-#endif
-
-//
-// ADC Button Debounce
-//
-#if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS
- #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
- * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
- *
- * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
- * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
- * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
- * interrupts are enabled.
- */
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
- //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
- //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- //#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z // Enable if Z babysteps should go the other way
- //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 40 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 40 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
-
- #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on double-click when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- //#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
-
- #if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- #endif
- //#define BABYSTEP_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
- #define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder
- #else
- #define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length applying to all extruders
- #endif
- //#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with M900 L.
- //#define LA_DEBUG // Print debug information to serial during operation. Disable for production use.
- //#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2S_LA // Allow I2S_STEPPER_STREAM to be used with LA. Performance degrades as the LA step rate reaches ~20kHz.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Nonlinear Extrusion Control
- *
- * Control extrusion rate based on instantaneous extruder velocity. Can be used to correct for
- * underextrusion at high extruder speeds that are otherwise well-behaved (i.e., not skipping).
- * For better results also enable ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING.
- */
-//#define NONLINEAR_EXTRUSION
-
-// @section leveling
-
-/**
- * Use Safe Bed Leveling coordinates to move axes to a useful position before bed probing.
- * For example, after homing a rotational axis the Z probe might not be perpendicular to the bed.
- * Choose values the orient the bed horizontally and the Z-probe vertically.
- */
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_X 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Y 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_Z 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_I 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_J 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_K 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_U 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_V 0.0
-//#define SAFE_BED_LEVELING_START_W 0.0
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if NEEDS_THREE_PROBE_POINTS
- #define PROBE_PT_1 { 35, 365 } // (mm) { x, y }
- #define PROBE_PT_2 { 35, 35 }
- #define PROBE_PT_3 { 365, 35 }
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Probing Margins
- *
- * Override PROBING_MARGIN for each side of the build plate
- * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
- * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
- * sides of the bed. With NOZZLE_AS_PROBE negative values are
- * allowed, to permit probing outside the bed.
- *
- * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
- * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
- * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
- * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
- *
- * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
- * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
- * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
- * the probe to be unable to reach any points.
- */
-#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN
- //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN
-#endif
-
-#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X 4
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-#if ALL(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS)
- //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section probes
-
-/**
- * Thermal Probe Compensation
- *
- * Adjust probe measurements to compensate for distortion associated with the temperature
- * of the probe, bed, and/or hotend.
- * Use G76 to automatically calibrate this feature for probe and bed temperatures.
- * (Extruder temperature/offset values must be calibrated manually.)
- * Use M871 to set temperature/offset values manually.
- * For more details see https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/probe_temp_compensation.html
- */
-//#define PTC_PROBE // Compensate based on probe temperature
-//#define PTC_BED // Compensate based on bed temperature
-//#define PTC_HOTEND // Compensate based on hotend temperature
-
-#if ANY(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED, PTC_HOTEND)
- /**
- * If the probe is outside the defined range, use linear extrapolation with the closest
- * point and the point with index PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION. e.g., If set to 4 it will use the
- * linear extrapolation between data[0] and data[4] for values below PTC_PROBE_START.
- */
- //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4
-
- #if ENABLED(PTC_PROBE)
- // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_PROBE_START
- // (e.g., 30), in steps of PTC_PROBE_RES (e.g., 5) with PTC_PROBE_COUNT (e.g., 10) samples.
- #define PTC_PROBE_START 30 // (°C)
- #define PTC_PROBE_RES 5 // (°C)
- #define PTC_PROBE_COUNT 10
- #define PTC_PROBE_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(PTC_BED)
- // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table.
- #define PTC_BED_START 60 // (°C)
- #define PTC_BED_RES 5 // (°C)
- #define PTC_BED_COUNT 10
- #define PTC_BED_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
- #endif
-
- #if ENABLED(PTC_HOTEND)
- // Note: There is no automatic calibration for the hotend. Use M871.
- #define PTC_HOTEND_START 180 // (°C)
- #define PTC_HOTEND_RES 5 // (°C)
- #define PTC_HOTEND_COUNT 20
- #define PTC_HOTEND_ZOFFS { 0 } // (µm) Z adjustments per sample
- #endif
-
- // G76 options
- #if ALL(PTC_PROBE, PTC_BED)
- // Park position to wait for probe cooldown
- #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 }
-
- // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature
- //#define PTC_PROBE_POS { 12.0f, 7.3f } // Example: MK52 magnetic heatbed
- #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 }
-
- // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during
- // bed temperature calibration.
- #define PTC_PROBE_TEMP 30 // (°C)
-
- // Height above Z=0.0 to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster.
- // Note: The Z=0.0 offset is determined by the probe Z offset (e.g., as set with M851 Z).
- #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5 // (mm)
- #endif
-#endif // PTC_PROBE || PTC_BED || PTC_HOTEND
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G60/G61 Position Save and Return
-//
-//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Requires ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 0.1 // (mm) Minimum length of each arc segment
- #define MAX_ARC_SEGMENT_MM 1.0 // (mm) Maximum length of each arc segment
- #define MIN_CIRCLE_SEGMENTS 72 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
- //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use the feedrate to choose the segment length
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure
-#endif
-
-// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
-
-#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Direct Stepping
- *
- * Comparable to the method used by Klipper, G6 direct stepping significantly
- * reduces motion calculations, increases top printing speeds, and results in
- * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance.
- * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon
- */
-//#define DIRECT_STEPPING
-
-/**
- * G38 Probe Target
- *
- * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
- * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
- * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
- */
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
-#endif
-
-// @section motion
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in ns)
- * If undefined, these defaults (from Conditionals_adv.h) apply:
- * 100 : Minimum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729
- * 1000 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
- * 2000 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3000 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30000 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE_NS 2000
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, these defaults (from Conditionals_adv.h) apply:
- * 5000000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 1000000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section gcode
-
-// The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once.
-#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
-#elif HAS_MEDIA
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of flash (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if HAS_MEDIA
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Monitor RX buffer usage
-// Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows.
-// If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value.
-// Not supported on all platforms.
-//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR
-
-/**
- * Emergency Command Parser
- *
- * Add a low-level parser to intercept certain commands as they
- * enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
- * Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
- * NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
- */
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-/**
- * Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
- *
- * - Report position and state of the machine (like Grbl).
- * - Auto-report position during long moves.
- * - Useful for CNC/LASER.
- *
- * Adds support for commands:
- * S000 : Report State and Position while moving.
- * P000 : Instant Pause / Hold while moving.
- * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold.
- *
- * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual.
- * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports.
- */
-//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS)
- //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
- * Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
- * Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
- * This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
- */
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // (ms)
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point
-//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4
-
-/**
- * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL so use with caution and test thoroughly.
- * Enable this option to receive data on the serial ports via the onboard DMA
- * controller for more stable and reliable high-speed serial communication.
- * Support is currently limited to some STM32 MCUs and all HC32 MCUs.
- * Note: This has no effect on emulated USB serial ports.
- */
-//#define SERIAL_DMA
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-// @section gcode
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section tool change
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN)
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change commands. Can be used to use an additional
- * stepper motor (e.g., I axis in Configuration.h) to drive the tool-changer.
- */
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T0 "G28 A\nG1 A0" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T0
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_T1 "G1 A10" // Extra G-code to run while executing tool-change command T1
- //#define EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_ALWAYS_RUN // Always execute above G-code sequences. Use with caution!
-
- /**
- * Consider coordinates for EVENT_GCODE_TOOLCHANGE_Tx as relative to T0
- * so that moves in the specified axes are the same for all tools.
- */
- //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_X // Use X position relative to Tool 0
- //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Y // Use Y position relative to Tool 0
- //#define TC_GCODE_USE_GLOBAL_Z // Use Z position relative to Tool 0
-
- /**
- * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped.
- * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc.
- */
- //#define TOOL_SENSOR
-
- /**
- * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce
- * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions.
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- // Load / Unload
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart. Adjust with LCD or M217 B.
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down)
-
- // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Cutting retraction out of park, for less stringing, better wipe, etc. Adjust with LCD or M217 G.
-
- // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-
- // Use TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED feedrate the first time each extruder is primed
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_SLOW_FIRST_PRIME
-
- /**
- * Prime T0 the first time T0 is sent to the printer:
- * [ Power-On -> T0 { Activate & Prime T0 } -> T1 { Retract T0, Activate & Prime T1 } ]
- * If disabled, no priming on T0 until switching back to T0 from another extruder:
- * [ Power-On -> T0 { T0 Activated } -> T1 { Activate & Prime T1 } -> T0 { Retract T1, Activate & Prime T0 } ]
- * Enable with M217 V1 before printing to avoid unwanted priming on host connect.
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED
-
- /**
- * Tool Change Migration
- * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print.
- * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue.
- * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply.
- * Useful to:
- * - Change filament color without interruption
- * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout
- * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam
- */
- #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
- // Override toolchange settings
- // By default tool migration uses regular toolchange settings.
- // With a prime tower, tool-change swapping/priming occur inside the bed.
- // When migrating to a new unprimed tool you can set override values below.
- //#define MIGRATION_ZRAISE 0 // (mm)
-
- // Longer prime to clean out
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc.
-
- // Cool after prime to reduce stringing
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255
- //#define MIGRATION_FS_FAN_TIME 0 // (seconds)
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE)
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_DO_PARK // Force park (or no-park) on migration
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER
-
-// @section advanced pause
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause for Filament Change
- * - Adds the G-code M600 Filament Change to initiate a filament change.
- * - This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- *
- * Requirements:
- * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER.
- *
- * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 7 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 85 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 4 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 2 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
- //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
- //#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
-
- #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
-
- #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
- #define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * Trinamic Smart Drivers
- *
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode:
- * - Connect your SPI pins to the Hardware SPI interface on the board.
- * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
- * - Define the required Stepper CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file.
- * (See the RAMPS pins, for example.)
- * - You can also use Software SPI with GPIO pins instead of Hardware SPI.
- *
- * To use TMC220x stepper drivers with Serial UART:
- * - Connect PDN_UART to the #_SERIAL_TX_PIN through a 1K resistor.
- * For reading capabilities also connect PDN_UART to #_SERIAL_RX_PIN with no resistor.
- * Some boards have simple jumper connections! See your board's documentation.
- * - These drivers can also be used with Hardware Serial.
- *
- * The TMCStepper library is required for other TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * @section tmc/config
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
-
- /**
- * Interpolate microsteps to 256
- * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below
- */
- #define INTERPOLATE true
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for homing. (Typically lower than *_CURRENT.)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ...
- //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis
- //#define X_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Enable to override 'HOLD_MULTIPLIER' for the X axis
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT X_CURRENT
- #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT_HOME
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS
- #define X2_RSENSE X_RSENSE
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define X2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Y_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT Y_CURRENT
- #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS
- #define Y2_RSENSE Y_RSENSE
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Y2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
- #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
- #define Z2_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
- #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
- #define Z3_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Z4)
- #define Z4_CURRENT Z_CURRENT
- #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT_HOME
- #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS
- #define Z4_RSENSE Z_RSENSE
- #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define Z4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(I)
- #define I_CURRENT 800
- #define I_CURRENT_HOME I_CURRENT
- #define I_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define I_RSENSE 0.11
- #define I_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define I_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define I_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(J)
- #define J_CURRENT 800
- #define J_CURRENT_HOME J_CURRENT
- #define J_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define J_RSENSE 0.11
- #define J_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define J_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define J_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(K)
- #define K_CURRENT 800
- #define K_CURRENT_HOME K_CURRENT
- #define K_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define K_RSENSE 0.11
- #define K_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define K_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define K_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(U)
- #define U_CURRENT 800
- #define U_CURRENT_HOME U_CURRENT
- #define U_MICROSTEPS 8
- #define U_RSENSE 0.11
- #define U_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define U_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define U_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(V)
- #define V_CURRENT 800
- #define V_CURRENT_HOME V_CURRENT
- #define V_MICROSTEPS 8
- #define V_RSENSE 0.11
- #define V_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define V_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define V_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(W)
- #define W_CURRENT 800
- #define W_CURRENT_HOME W_CURRENT
- #define W_MICROSTEPS 8
- #define W_RSENSE 0.11
- #define W_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define W_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define W_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E0_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E1_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E1_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E2_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E2_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E3_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E3_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E4_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E4_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E5_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E5_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E6)
- #define E6_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E6_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E6_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(E7)
- #define E7_CURRENT E0_CURRENT
- #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS
- #define E7_RSENSE E0_RSENSE
- #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1
- //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true
- //#define E7_HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Use the homing current for all probing. (e.g., Current may be reduced to the
- * point where a collision makes the motor skip instead of damaging the bed,
- * though this is unlikely to save delicate probes from being damaged.
- */
- //#define PROBING_USE_CURRENT_HOME
-
- // @section tmc/spi
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define I_CS_PIN -1
- //#define J_CS_PIN -1
- //#define K_CS_PIN -1
- //#define U_CS_PIN -1
- //#define V_CS_PIN -1
- //#define W_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E6_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E7_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SPI_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SPI_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SPI_SCK -1
-
- // @section tmc/serial
-
- /**
- * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
- * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
- * Address | MS1 | MS2
- * 0 | LOW | LOW
- * 1 | HIGH | LOW
- * 2 | LOW | HIGH
- * 3 | HIGH | HIGH
- *
- * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
- * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define I_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define J_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define K_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define U_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define V_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define W_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
- //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
-
- // @section tmc/smart
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- // @section tmc/stealthchop
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #if HAS_STEALTHCHOP
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_I
- #define STEALTHCHOP_J
- #define STEALTHCHOP_K
- #define STEALTHCHOP_U
- #define STEALTHCHOP_V
- #define STEALTHCHOP_W
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V)
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define your own with:
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_I CHOPPER_TIMING // For I Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_J CHOPPER_TIMING // For J Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_K CHOPPER_TIMING // For K Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_U CHOPPER_TIMING // For U Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_V CHOPPER_TIMING // For V Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_W CHOPPER_TIMING // For W Axis
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below)
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
- //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E
-
- // @section tmc/status
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers
- * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground.
- * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant G-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- // @section tmc/hybrid
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define I_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
- #define J_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
- #define K_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [linear=mm/s, rotational=°/s]
- #define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s]
- #define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z.
- *
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
- * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
- *
- * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
- * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
- * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
- *
- * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }.
- *
- * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** TMC2130/TMC5160 Only ***
- * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
- * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
- *
- * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
- * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
- *
- * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis.
- * @section tmc/stallguard
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
-
- #if ANY(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY
- //#define I_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define J_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define K_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define U_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define V_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define W_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130/TMC5160 only
- //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
- #endif
-
- // @section tmc/config
-
- /**
- * TMC Homing stepper phase.
- *
- * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute
- * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values
- * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions).
- * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque.
- *
- * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis.
- */
- //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 }
-
- /**
- * Step on both rising and falling edge signals (as with a square wave).
- */
- //#define EDGE_STEPPING
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
- * stepperY.intpol(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//
-// I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control
-// Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library.
-//
-//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is EXPERIMENTAL but may be useful for custom I2C peripherals.
- * Enable this to send and receive I2C data from slave devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS)
- #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-#endif
-
-// @section photo
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // https://web.archive.org/web/20200920094805/https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-
- /**
- * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model.
- * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz.
- * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough.
- * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.)
- *
- * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq
- * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7
- */
- //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation
- #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US
- #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section cnc
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPID is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/2.0.9/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
-//#define LASER_FEATURE
-#if ANY(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if SPINDLE_LASER_ENA_PIN is active HIGH
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM // Enable if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR, ESP32, and LPC)
- // ESP32: If SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is onboard then <=78125Hz. For I2S expander
- // the frequency determines the PWM resolution. 2500Hz = 0-100, 977Hz = 0-255, ...
- // (250000 / SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY) = max value.
- #endif
-
- //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11
- #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION)
- #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH
- //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin
- #endif
-
- //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9
- #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST)
- #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin
- //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin
- #endif
-
- //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power
- #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO
- #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control
- #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of:
- * - PWM255 (S0 - S255)
- * - PERCENT (S0 - S100)
- * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle
- * - SERVO (S0 - S180)
- */
- #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255
-
- /**
- * Relative Cutter Power
- * Normally, 'M3 O' sets
- * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX.
- * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX
- * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX).
- * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM
- */
- //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX]
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
- //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- /**
- * M3/M4 Power Equation
- *
- * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control.
- * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM.
- *
- * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
- * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE
- */
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM)
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
- #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
- #endif
-
- #else
-
- #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_USE_PWM)
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100
- #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments)
- #endif
-
- // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function
- #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // (ms) Used with Laser Control Menu
- #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // (ms) Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
-
- /**
- * Laser Safety Timeout
- *
- * The laser should be turned off when there is no movement for a period of time.
- * Consider material flammability, cut rate, and G-code order when setting this
- * value. Too low and it could turn off during a very slow move; too high and
- * the material could ignite.
- */
- #define LASER_SAFETY_TIMEOUT_MS 1000 // (ms)
-
- /**
- * Any M3 or G1/2/3/5 command with the 'I' parameter enables continuous inline power mode.
- *
- * e.g., 'M3 I' enables continuous inline power which is processed by the planner.
- * Power is stored in move blocks and applied when blocks are processed by the Stepper ISR.
- *
- * 'M4 I' sets dynamic mode which uses the current feedrate to calculate a laser power OCR value.
- *
- * Any move in dynamic mode will use the current feedrate to calculate the laser power.
- * Feed rates are set by the F parameter of a move command e.g. G1 X0 Y10 F6000
- * Laser power would be calculated by bit shifting off 8 LSB's. In binary this is div 256.
- * The calculation gives us ocr values from 0 to 255, values over F65535 will be set as 255 .
- * More refined power control such as compensation for accel/decel will be addressed in future releases.
- *
- * M5 I clears inline mode and set power to 0, M5 sets the power output to 0 but leaves inline mode on.
- */
-
- /**
- * Enable M3 commands for laser mode inline power planner syncing.
- * This feature enables any M3 S-value to be injected into the block buffers while in
- * CUTTER_MODE_CONTINUOUS. The option allows M3 laser power to be committed without waiting
- * for a planner synchronization
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_SYNC
-
- /**
- * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate.
- *
- * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed.
- * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid.
- * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate.
- */
- //#define LASER_POWER_TRAP
-
- //
- // Laser I2C Ammeter (High precision INA226 low/high side module)
- //
- //#define I2C_AMMETER
- #if ENABLED(I2C_AMMETER)
- #define I2C_AMMETER_IMAX 0.1 // (Amps) Calibration value for the expected current range
- #define I2C_AMMETER_SHUNT_RESISTOR 0.1 // (Ohms) Calibration shunt resistor value
- #endif
-
- //
- // Laser Coolant Flow Meter
- //
- //#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER
- #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER)
- #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21)
- #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin
- #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds
- #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below
- #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY)
- #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #endif
-#endif // SPINDLE_FEATURE || LASER_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107
- *
- * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing
- * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan
- * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser
- * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity.
- *
- * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options.
- */
-//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107
-
-/**
- * Coolant Control
- *
- * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
- *
- * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
- */
-//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
-#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
- #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
- #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
-#endif
-
-// @section filament width
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-// @section power
-
-/**
- * Power Monitor
- * Monitor voltage (V) and/or current (A), and -when possible- power (W)
- *
- * Read and configure with M430
- *
- * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin
- * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin
- */
-//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current
-//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage
-
-#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT)
- #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
- #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current
- #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display)
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE)
- #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF!
- #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage
-#endif
-
-// @section safety
-
-/**
- * Stepper Driver Anti-SNAFU Protection
- *
- * If the SAFE_POWER_PIN is defined for your board, Marlin will check
- * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power.
- * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature.
- */
-//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT
-
-// @section cnc
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * CNC Drilling Cycle - UNDER DEVELOPMENT
- *
- * Enables G81 to perform a drilling cycle.
- * Currently only supports a single cycle, no G-code chaining.
- */
-//#define CNC_DRILLING_CYCLE
-
-// @section security
-
-/**
- * Expected Printer Check
- * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
- * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
- */
-//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
-
-// @section volumetrics
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric).
- * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT
- #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT)
- /**
- * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec).
- * This factory setting applies to all extruders.
- * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset.
- * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting.
- */
- #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec)
- #define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT_MAX 20 // (mm^3/sec)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section reporting
-
-/**
- * Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
- */
-#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations
-//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
-//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.
-
-/**
- * Auto-report fan speed with M123 S
- * Requires fans with tachometer pins
- */
-//#define AUTO_REPORT_FANS
-
-//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others)
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES) && TEMP_SENSOR_REDUNDANT
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_REDUNDANT // Include the "R" sensor in the auto-report
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Auto-report position with M154 S
- */
-//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_REPORT_POSITION)
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_REAL_POSITION // Auto-report the real position
-#endif
-
-/**
- * M115 - Report capabilites. Disable to save ~1150 bytes of flash.
- * Some hosts (and serial TFT displays) rely on this feature.
- */
-#define CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-#if ENABLED(CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
- // Include capabilities in M115 output
- #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
- #if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT)
- //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section gcode
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the G-code parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-#if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER)
- //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Variables
- *
- * Define a variable from 100-115 with G-code like '#101=19.6'.
- * A variable can then be used in a G-code expression like 'G0 X[#101+3]'.
- * See https://gcodetutor.com/cnc-macro-programming/cnc-variables.html
- */
-//#define GCODE_VARIABLES
-
-/**
- * Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack)
- */
-//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1
-//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2
-
-//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase
-
-//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW
-
-/**
- * Enable M111 debug flags 1=ECHO, 2=INFO, 4=ERRORS (unimplemented).
- * Disable to save some flash. Some hosts (Repetier Host) may rely on this feature.
- */
-#define DEBUG_FLAGS_GCODE
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes
- * workspace offsets to slightly optimize performance.
- * G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Disable M206 and M428 if you don't need home offsets.
- */
-//#define NO_HOME_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-//#define G0_ANGULAR_FEEDRATE 2700 // (°/min)
-
-/**
- * Startup commands
- *
- * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
- */
-//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items to run custom G-code.
- * Up to 25 may be defined, but the actual number is LCD-dependent.
- */
-
-// @section custom main menu
-
-// Custom Menu: Main Menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN)
- //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
-
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "User cmd 1"
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28 X \n"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
-
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "User cmd 2"
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "G28 \nG1 X100 \n"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
-
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "User cmd 3"
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M48 \n"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
-
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "User cmd 4"
- #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M114 \n"
- //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
-#endif
-
-// @section custom config menu
-
-// Custom Menu: Configuration Menu
-//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG)
- //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done"
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
- #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle
-
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON"
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action
-
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON"
- #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM
-
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM
-
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM
-
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????"
- //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM
-#endif
-
-// @section custom buttons
-
-/**
- * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code.
- * Up to 25 may be defined.
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS)
- //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1
- #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1)
- #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH.
- #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing?
- #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28"
- #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status
- #endif
-
- //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1
- #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2)
- #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW
- #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false
- #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
- #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #endif
-
- //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1
- #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3)
- #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW
- #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false
- #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
- #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section host
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PAUSE_M76 // Tell the host to pause in response to M76
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT // Initiate host prompts to get user feedback
- #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT)
- //#define HOST_STATUS_NOTIFICATIONS // Send some status messages to the host as notifications
- #endif
- //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start
- //#define HOST_SHUTDOWN_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to shut down
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Cancel Objects
- *
- * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
- */
-//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
-#if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS)
- #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message
-#endif
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: https://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: https://aus3d.com.au/products/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: https://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- * @section i2c encoders
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behavior.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistent errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * Analog Joystick(s)
- * @section joystick
- */
-//#define JOYSTICK
-#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
- #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
- #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
- #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
-
- //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed
- //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed
-
- // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting:
- #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
- #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
- #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
- //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Mechanical Gantry Calibration
- * Modern replacement for the Průša TMC_Z_CALIBRATION.
- * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers.
- * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated.
- * @section calibrate
- */
-//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION
-#if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION)
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction
-
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM
- //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE ""
- #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality
- * Potentially useful for rapid stop that allows being resumed. Halts stepper movement.
- * Note this does NOT pause spindles, lasers, fans, heaters or any other auxiliary device.
- * @section interface
- */
-//#define FREEZE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE)
- //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here
- #define FREEZE_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating freeze
-#endif
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- * @section debug matrix
- */
-
-#ifdef ROXYs_TRex
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- /*
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port is used
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card
- */
-
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37
-
- #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The order of the LED matrix units may be reversed
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_EACH // The LEDs in each matrix unit row may be reversed
- //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 2 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 4 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PROFILE 6 // Display the fraction of CPU time spent in profiled code on this LED matrix
- // row. By default idle() is profiled so this shows how "idle" the processor is.
- // See class CodeProfiler.
- //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_MULTISTEPPING 6 // Show multi-stepping 1 to 128 on this LED matrix row.
- //#define MAX7219_DEBUG_SLOWDOWN 6 // Count (mod 16) how many times SLOWDOWN has reduced print speed.
- //#define MAX7219_REINIT_ON_POWERUP // Re-initialize MAX7129 when power supply turns on
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will
- * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure.
- * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands.
- * @section nanodlp
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z).
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address.
- * @section network
- */
-#if HAS_ETHERNET
- #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Native ESP32 board with WiFi or add-on ESP32 WiFi-101 module
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi management. Not needed for simple WiFi serial port.
-//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib)
-
-/**
- * Extras for an ESP32-based motherboard with WIFISUPPORT
- * These options don't apply to add-on WiFi modules based on ESP32 WiFi101.
- */
-#if ANY(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT)
- //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) using SPIFFS
- //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
- //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host
-
- /**
- * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with
- * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via
- * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public.
- *
- * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID"
- * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password"
- */
- //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password
-#endif
-
-// @section multi-material
-
-/**
- * Průša Multi-Material Unit (MMU)
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- *
- * These devices allow a single stepper driver on the board to drive
- * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors.
- */
-#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1
- /**
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- *
- * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- */
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
-
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 1145 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- /**
- * Using a sensor like the MMU2S
- * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S.
- * See https://help.prusa3d.com/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560#42048, step 11
- */
- #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S
- #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries)
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min)
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \
- { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
- { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \
- { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation
-
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module
- #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \
- { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }
-
- // Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move
- //#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE
- #else
-
- /**
- * MMU1 Extruder Sensor
- *
- * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder
- * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament
- * sensor less than 38mm from the gears.
- *
- * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last
- * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts.
- * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered.
- */
- //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR
- #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR)
- #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- * @section stats
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER
-
-//
-// M42 - Set pin states
-//
-//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL
-
-//
-// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe
-//
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Tests that will run at startup and produce a report
-//#define MARLIN_TEST_BUILD
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
-
-#if ENABLED(MARLIN_DEV_MODE)
- /**
- * D576 - Buffer Monitoring
- * To help diagnose print quality issues stemming from empty command buffers.
- */
- //#define BUFFER_MONITORING
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial.
- * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand
- * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash.
- */
-//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING
-
-/**
- * Software Reset options
- */
-//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller
-//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL
-
-// Report uncleaned reset reason from register r2 instead of MCUSR. Supported by Optiboot on AVR.
-//#define OPTIBOOT_RESET_REASON
-
-// Shrink the build for smaller boards by sacrificing some serial feedback
-//#define MARLIN_SMALL_BUILD
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b8f672d5c4a..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Bootscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Bitmap for splashscreen
- *
- * You may use one of the following tools to generate the C++ bitmap array from
- * a black and white image:
- *
- * - http://www.marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- * - http://www.digole.com/tools/PicturetoC_Hex_converter.php
- */
-#include
-
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128
-
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B01111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B10000011,B11000001,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000000,B00111000,B00000011,B11000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000001,B11111110,B00000000,B11000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000011,B11000111,B00000000,B01100000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01111110,B01111000,B00000110,B00000001,B10000000,B00110001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01111111,B11100000,B00000110,B00000001,B11000000,B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B11111111,B01110000,B11100000,B00001111,B11111111,B11000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B01111000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00111100,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000110,B00000000,B11000000,B00110000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,
- B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011110,B00000011,B10000001,B10000000,B01100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00001100,B00011000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00001110,B10000001,B11111111,B10000000,B11000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B10000000,B00000011,B11000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00000111,B00000000,B01111100,B00000011,B10000000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000001,
- B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111
-};
-
-// Saves 737 bytes
-#define COMPACT_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_EXT
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp_rle[287] PROGMEM = {
- 0x13, 0xF6, 0x84, 0xF6, 0xE1, 0xF2, 0x9B, 0xF2, 0x91, 0xF2, 0x7E, 0xF2, 0x80, 0xF2, 0x6F, 0x03,
- 0xF5, 0xBF, 0x07, 0xF5, 0x7F, 0x0A, 0xF5, 0x4F, 0x0E, 0xF5, 0x05, 0xF6, 0x95, 0xF6, 0x96, 0xF6,
- 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0x7F, 0x08, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4, 0x87, 0x7F, 0x08, 0xF4,
- 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x87, 0xF6, 0x96, 0x6F, 0x09, 0xF4,
- 0xA5, 0x6F, 0x08, 0xF4, 0xC4, 0x6F, 0x07, 0xF4, 0xE3, 0x6F, 0x06, 0xF5, 0x02, 0x6F, 0x05, 0xF5,
- 0x30, 0x6F, 0x04, 0xF5, 0xCF, 0x03, 0xF5, 0xDF, 0x02, 0xF5, 0xEF, 0x01, 0xF5, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xF6,
- 0x0E, 0xF6, 0x1D, 0xF6, 0x3B, 0xFF, 0x41, 0xF0, 0x08, 0x9F, 0x2C, 0x3F, 0x0D, 0xF0, 0x08, 0xBF,
- 0x28, 0x6F, 0x0C, 0x04, 0x34, 0x08, 0x25, 0x3B, 0x28, 0x36, 0x3E, 0x14, 0x1F, 0x11, 0x3E, 0x26,
- 0x37, 0x78, 0x16, 0x1F, 0x09, 0x1F, 0x10, 0x3E, 0x25, 0x37, 0x32, 0x28, 0x14, 0x1F, 0x0A, 0x1F,
- 0x10, 0x3E, 0x51, 0x37, 0x17, 0x18, 0x12, 0x1F, 0x0A, 0x2F, 0x10, 0x35, 0x70, 0x99, 0x17, 0x28,
- 0x10, 0x1F, 0x06, 0x6F, 0x11, 0x35, 0x70, 0x23, 0x28, 0xD9, 0x3F, 0x06, 0x6F, 0x11, 0x3E, 0x24,
- 0x36, 0x1F, 0x06, 0x3F, 0x0B, 0x2F, 0x10, 0x3E, 0x25, 0x36, 0x1F, 0x04, 0x11, 0x1F, 0x0B, 0x1F,
- 0x10, 0x3E, 0x26, 0x35, 0x18, 0x17, 0x13, 0x1F, 0x0A, 0x1F, 0x02, 0x0C, 0x3E, 0x26, 0x36, 0x25,
- 0x17, 0x15, 0x1F, 0x01, 0x14, 0x1F, 0x02, 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x27, 0x20, 0x05, 0x96, 0x17, 0x1F, 0x01,
- 0x6F, 0x03, 0x1C, 0x3E, 0x28, 0x28, 0x47, 0x29, 0x2F, 0x01, 0x3F, 0x04, 0x4F, 0x68, 0x30
-};
diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 454c3003ff7..00000000000
--- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/_Statusscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Custom Status Screen bitmap
- *
- * Place this file in the root with your configuration files
- * and enable CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE in Configuration.h.
- *
- * Use the Marlin Bitmap Converter to make your own:
- * https://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
- */
-
-//
-// Status Screen Logo bitmap
-//
-#define STATUS_LOGO_Y 4
-#define STATUS_LOGO_WIDTH 21
-
-const unsigned char status_logo_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B00000000,B00011110,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B10000000,
- B00000001,B11111111,B11100000,
- B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00011111,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B00001111,B11111000,
- B00000111,B00001111,B11110000,
- B00000011,B00001111,B11000000,
- B00000001,B00001111,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001100,B00000000
-};
-
-//
-// Use default bitmaps
-//
-#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM
-#define STATUS_BED_ANIM
-#if HOTENDS < 2
- #define STATUS_LOGO_X 8
- #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 40
- #define STATUS_BED_X 72
-#else
- #define STATUS_LOGO_X 0
- #define STATUS_HEATERS_X 32
- #define STATUS_BED_X 80
-#endif